Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Cutera

Cutera

cutr · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker cutr
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · Cutera
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
L a s e r s   a n d   L i g h t

2
0
0
6

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

Innovative leadership for complete aesthetic solutions

 
About Us
Cutera is a global medical device company specializing in the design, development, manufacture, marketing
and servicing of laser and other light-based aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide. Since 1998, we have
been developing innovative and easy-to-use products beginning with the CoolGlide® platform and continuing
with the Xeo® and Solera™ platforms. These platforms enable dermatologists, plastic surgeons, gynecologists,
primary care physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe, effective and non-invasive aesthetic
procedures for their customers. Our corporate headquarters are located in Brisbane, California, and our stock is
traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol CUTR. For more information about us and the products
we offer, pleases visit www.cutera.com.

Financial and Operating Performance Highlights for 2006

Revenue (Dollars in millions)

Cash Flow (Dollars in millions)

Net Income (Dollars in millions)

100.7

20.4

100

80

60

40

20

0

75.6

52.6

39.1

28.3

19.3

01

02

03

04

05

06

20

16

12

8

4

0

13.8

12.5

9.2

15

12

9

6

3.2 2.7 2.6

3.8

3.1

2.1

3

2.3

0.7

01

02

03

04

05

06

0

01

02

03

04

05

06

• NEW PRODUCTS – Introduced three new products- Titan V, Titan XL and Limelight.

• SALES AND DISTRIBUTION – Expanded direct sales and distribution network in the U.S. and internationally to

capture an increasing market share of the fast growing aesthetic systems market.

• PATENT LITIGATION – Resolved our patent litigation and obtained an irrevocable license.

• REVENUE – Worldwide revenue increased by 33% to $100.7 million, with international revenue growth at 46%.

• MARGINS AND NET INCOME – Achieved strong gross and operating margins, which resulted in net income of

$2.1 million after incurring expenses relating to the patent litigation of approximately $18.9 million for the settle-
ment costs, $3.3 million for royalties with effect from April 1, 2006, and $2.6 million of higher legal fees in 2006.

• CASH AND MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS – Generated $16.1 million of cash from operations, after paying for
patent litigation settlement related costs, and ended the year with a record of $108.1 million in cash, cash
equivalents and marketable investments.

Dear Stockholders,

2006 was another exciting year for Cutera. We continued to introduce innovative products and technologies,
expanded our distribution channels and customer base and set an all-time record for revenue. We resolved our
patent litigation and obtained an irrevocable license. In addition, we improved our solid financial position by
increasing our profitability and ending the year with more than $108 million in cash and investments.

Our successful execution of the following key strategic initiatives allowed us to continue to outpace the
industry’s rapid growth for the year.

• By the end of 2006, we had developed one of the largest North American sales organizations in our
industry, enabling us to increase our annual U.S. revenue by 29%. We also focused our resources on
our international distribution network, which resulted in revenue growth in each of our major overseas
markets. Our international revenue increased by 44% in 2006, compared to 2005.

• We continued to deliver innovative solutions to the market during 2006 through the introduction of

three new products:

O Titan V and Titan XL delivery devices—provide enhanced visibility and faster treatments for

practitioners performing Titan procedures.

O Limelight—the first programmable wavelength skin rejuvenation device that allows customers to

offer customized treatments for their patients, resulting in better clinical results.

O Navigation technology on our Xeo platform—provides customers with quick access to

recommended operating parameters and stored patient data.

•

In addition to selling to the core dermatology and plastic surgery specialties, we continued to expand
our addressable market in 2006 by focusing on the non-core specialties such as family practitioners,
OB-GYNs and medi-spas. This resulted in a significant improvement in market penetration and growth
opportunities.

As a result of these initiatives, we achieved record revenue of $100.7 million, representing an annual increase of
33% over 2005. Our service and Titan Refill revenue increased by 52% and 133%, respectively. We maintained
tight control over our operating expenses and leveraged our business model to achieve impressive gross and
operating margins-excluding the non-recurring expense associated with the patent litigation settlement.

In 2006 we exceeded our performance goals on a number of fronts and emerged as an established leader in this
dynamic aesthetic equipment industry. We believe that we have the financial resources, products, technology,
human capital and established infrastructure to continue our impressive growth.

On behalf of our Board of Directors and executive team, I would like to thank our stockholders, employees and
customers for their continuing confidence, loyalty and support.

Sincerely,

Kevin Connors
President and Chief Executive Officer

NOTICE OF
2007 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON JUNE 19, 2007

10:00 A.M. Pacific Time

To our Stockholders:

You are cordially invited to attend the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Cutera, Inc. (the
“Company”). The meeting will be held at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd.,
Brisbane, California 94005-1021 on Tuesday, June 19, 2007 at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Time, for the following
purposes:

1.

2.

3.

three Class III directors to each serve for a three-year term that expires at

To elect
the
2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified;

To ratify the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our Independent Registered Public
Accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007; and

To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting, including any
motion to adjourn to a later date to permit further solicitation of proxies, if necessary, or before
any adjournment thereof.

The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the proxy statement accompanying this Notice.

The meeting will begin promptly at 10:00 a.m., local time, and check-in will begin at 9:30 a.m., local time.
Only holders of record of shares of our common stock (NASDAQ: CUTR) at the close of business on April 20,
2007 will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting and any postponements or adjournments of the
meeting.

For a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting will be available and open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose relating to the Annual
Meeting during normal business hours at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd.,
Brisbane, California 94005-1021.

By order of the Board of Directors,

Kevin P. Connors
President and Chief Executive Officer

Brisbane, California
April 30, 2007

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT!

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING, PLEASE PROMPTLY
VOTE BY TELEPHONE, OR IF AVAILABLE, ELECTRONICALLY, OR COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE,
AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE ACCOMPANYING POSTAGE-PAID
ENVELOPE. NO ADDITIONAL POSTAGE IS NECESSARY IF THE PROXY IS MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES OR CANADA. YOU MAY REVOKE YOUR PROXY AT ANY TIME BEFORE IT IS
VOTED AT THE MEETING.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS SOLICITATION AND VOTING AT THE

ANNUAL MEETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Why I am receiving these proxy materials? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is the purpose of the Annual Meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Who is entitled to attend the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Who is entitled to vote at the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How many shares must be present or represented to conduct business at the meeting (that is, what

constitutes a quorum)? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What items of business will be voted on at the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How does the Board recommend that I vote? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What shares can I vote at the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is the difference between holding shares as a stockholder of record and as a beneficial

owner? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How can I vote my shares without attending the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How can I vote my shares in person at the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Can I change my vote? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Is my vote confidential? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What vote is required to approve each item and how are votes counted? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is a “broker non-vote”? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How are “broker non-votes” counted? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How are abstentions counted? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What happens if additional matters are presented at the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Who will serve as inspector of election? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What should I do in the event that I receive more than one set of proxy/voting materials? . . . . . . . . . .
Who is soliciting my vote and who will bear the costs of this solicitation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Where can I find the voting results of the meeting? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at next year’s Annual Meeting of

stockholders or to nominate individuals to serve as directors? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

STOCK OWNERSHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BOARD MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Committees of the Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meetings Attended by Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director Nomination Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code of Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communications with the Board by Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

1

1
1
1
2

2
2
2
2

2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5

5

7

7
8

9

9
9
10
10
11
12
12
12
12
12

13

i

PROPOSAL ONE—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Classes of the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director Nominees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Directors’ Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directors Whose Terms Extend Beyond the 2007 Annual Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PROPOSAL TWO—RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Board of Directors’ Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit and Non-Audit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Named Executive Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation Discussion and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and Limitations on Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary Compensation Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grants of Plan-Based Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity Incentive Awards Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options Exercised and Stock Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OTHER MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

15

15
15
16
16

17

17
17

19

19
19
23
23
24
25
26

26

27

ii

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

PROXY STATEMENT
FOR
2007 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON JUNE 19, 2007

The Board of Directors of Cutera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is soliciting the enclosed proxy from you.
The proxy will be used at our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on Tuesday, June 19, 2007,
beginning at 10:00 a.m., Pacific Time, which is the local time, at our principal executive offices located at 3240
Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021, and at any postponements or adjournments thereof. This proxy
statement contains important information regarding the meeting. Specifically, it identifies the matters upon which
you are being asked to vote, provides information that you may find useful in determining how to vote and
describes the voting procedures.

In this proxy statement: the terms “we”, “our”, “Cutera” and the “Company” each refer to Cutera, Inc.; the
term “Board” means our Board of Directors; the term “proxy materials” means this proxy statement, the
enclosed proxy card, and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2007; and the term “Annual Meeting” means our 2007
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

We are sending these proxy materials on or about May 10, 2007, to all stockholders of record at the close of

business on April 20, 2007 (the “Record Date”).

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS SOLICITATION
AND VOTING AT THE ANNUAL MEETING

Why am I receiving these
proxy materials?

What is the purpose of the
Annual Meeting?

Who is entitled to attend the
meeting?

You are receiving these proxy materials from us because you were a
stockholder of record at the close of business on the Record Date (which was
April 20, 2007). As a stockholder of record, you are invited to attend the
meeting and are entitled to and requested to vote on the items of business
described in this proxy statement.

At our meeting, stockholders of record will vote upon the items of business
outlined in the notice of meeting (on the cover page of this proxy statement),
each of which is described more fully in this proxy statement. In addition,
management will report on the performance of the Company and respond to
questions from stockholders.

You are entitled to attend the meeting only if you owned our common stock (or
were a joint holder) as of the Record Date or if you hold a valid proxy for the
meeting. You should be prepared to present photo identification for
admittance.

Please also note that if you are not a stockholder of record but hold shares in
street name (that is, through a broker or nominee), you will need to provide
proof of beneficial ownership as of the Record Date, such as your most recent
brokerage account statement, a copy of the voting instruction card provided by
your broker, trustee or nominee, or other similar evidence of ownership.

The meeting will begin promptly at 10:00 a.m., local time. Check-in will begin
at 9:30 a.m., local time.

1

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Who is entitled to vote at the
meeting?

Only stockholders who owned our common stock at the close of business on
the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting, and at any
postponements or adjournments thereof.

How many shares must be
present or represented to
conduct business at the
meeting (that is, what
constitutes a quorum)?

What items of business will
be voted on at the meeting?

As of the Record Date, 13,549,880 shares of our common stock were
outstanding. Each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to
one vote on each matter considered at the meeting. Accordingly, there are a
maximum of 13,549,880 votes that may be cast at the meeting.

The presence at the meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority
of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote at the meeting will
constitute a quorum. A quorum is required to conduct business at the meeting.
least
The presence of the holders of our common stock representing at
6,774,940 votes will be required to establish a quorum at the meeting. Both
abstentions and broker non-votes are counted for the purpose of determining
the presence of a quorum.

The items of business scheduled to be voted on at the meeting are as follows:

1.

2.

the election of three nominees to serve as Class III directors on our
Board; and

the ratification of the appointment of our Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm for the 2007 fiscal year.

These proposals are described more fully below in this proxy statement. As of
the date of this proxy statement, the only business that our Board intends to
present or knows of that others will present at the meeting is as set forth in this
proxy statement. If any other matter or matters are properly brought before the
meeting, it is the intention of the persons who hold proxies to vote the shares
they represent in accordance with their best judgment.

How does the Board
recommend that I vote?

Our Board recommends that you vote your shares “FOR” each of the director
nominees and “FOR” the ratification of our independent registered public
accounting firm for the 2007 fiscal year.

What shares can I vote at
the meeting?

You may vote all shares owned by you as of the Record Date, including
(1) shares held directly in your name as the stockholder of record, and
(2) shares held for you as the beneficial owner through a broker, trustee or
other nominee such as a bank.

What is the difference
between holding shares as a
stockholder of record and as
a beneficial owner?

Most of our stockholders hold their shares through a broker or other nominee
rather than directly in their own name. As summarized below, there are some
distinctions between shares held of record and those owned beneficially.

Stockholders of Record. If your shares are registered directly in your
name with our transfer agent, Computershare Trust Company, Inc., you
are considered, with respect to those shares, the stockholder of record,
and these proxy materials are being sent directly to you by us. As the
stockholder of record, you have the right to grant your voting proxy
directly to Cutera or to vote in person at the meeting. We have enclosed a
proxy card for your use.

Beneficial Owner. If your shares are held in a brokerage account or by
another nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held

2

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

How can I vote my shares
without attending the
meeting?

How can I vote my shares in
person at the meeting?

Can I change my vote?

Is my vote confidential?

What vote is required to
approve each item and how
are votes counted?

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

in street name, and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you
together with a voting instruction card. As the beneficial owner, you have
the right to direct your broker, trustee or nominee how to vote and are
also invited to attend the meeting. Please note that since a beneficial
owner is not the stockholder of record, you may not vote these shares in
person at the meeting unless you obtain a “legal proxy” from the broker,
trustee or nominee that holds your shares, giving you the right to vote the
shares at the meeting. Your broker, trustee or nominee has enclosed or
provided voting instructions for you to use in directing the broker, trustee
or nominee how to vote your shares.

Whether you hold shares directly as the stockholder of record or beneficially in
street name, you may direct how your shares are voted without attending the
meeting. Stockholders of record of our common stock may submit proxies by
completing, signing and dating their proxy cards and mailing them in the
accompanying pre-addressed envelope. Our stockholders who hold shares
beneficially in street name may vote by mail by completing, signing and dating
the voting instruction cards provided by the broker, trustee or nominee and
mailing them in the accompanying pre-addressed envelope.

Shares held in your name as the stockholder of record may be voted in person
at the meeting. Shares held beneficially in street name may be voted in person
only if you obtain a legal proxy from the broker, trustee or nominee that holds
your shares giving you the right to vote the shares. Even if you plan to attend
the meeting, we recommend that you also submit your proxy card or voting
instructions as described above so that your vote will be counted if you later
decide not to, or are unable to, attend the meeting.

You may change your vote at any time prior to the vote at the meeting. If you
are the stockholder of record, you may change your vote by granting a new
proxy bearing a later date (which automatically revokes the earlier proxy), by
providing a written notice of revocation to our Secretary prior to your shares
being voted, or by attending the meeting and voting in person. Attendance at
the meeting will not cause your previously granted proxy to be revoked unless
you specifically so request.

For shares you hold beneficially in street name, you may change your vote by
submitting new voting instructions to your broker, trustee or nominee, or, if
you have obtained a legal proxy from your broker, trustee or nominee giving
you the right to vote your shares, by attending the meeting and voting in
person.

Proxy instructions, ballots and voting tabulations that
identify individual
stockholders are handled in a manner that protects your voting privacy. Your
vote will not be disclosed either within Cutera or to third parties, except: (1) as
necessary to meet applicable legal requirements, (2) to allow for the tabulation
of votes and certification of the vote, and (3) to facilitate a successful proxy
solicitation. Occasionally, stockholders provide written comments on their
proxy card, which are then forwarded to our management.

The vote required to approve each item of business and the method for
counting votes is set forth below:

Election of Directors. The three director nominees receiving the highest
number of affirmative “FOR” votes at the meeting (a plurality of votes

3

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

cast) will be elected to serve as Class III directors. You may vote either
“FOR” or “WITHHOLD” your vote for the director nominees. A properly
executed proxy marked “WITHHOLD” with respect to the election of one
or more directors will not be voted with respect to the director or directors
indicated, although it will be counted for purposes of determining whether
there is a quorum.

Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. For
the ratification of the appointment of our independent registered public
accounting firm, the affirmative “FOR” vote of a majority of the shares
represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the item will be
required for
“AGAINST” or
“ABSTAIN” for these items of business. If you “ABSTAIN,” your
abstention has the same effect as a vote “AGAINST.”

approval. You may vote

“FOR,”

What is a “broker
non-vote”?

If you provide specific instructions with regard to certain items, your shares
will be voted as you instruct on such items. If you sign your proxy card or
voting instruction card without giving specific instructions, your shares will be
voted in accordance with the recommendations of the Board (“FOR” all of the
Company’s nominees to the Board and “FOR” ratification of the independent
registered public accounting firm, and in the discretion of the proxy holders on
any other matters that may properly come before the meeting).

Under the rules that govern brokers who have record ownership of shares that
are held in street name for their clients, who are the beneficial owners of the
shares, brokers have the discretion to vote such shares on routine matters. The
election of directors and the ratification of the appointment of an independent
registered public accounting firm are considered routine matters. Therefore, if
you do not otherwise instruct your broker, the broker may turn in a proxy card
voting your shares “FOR” all of the Company’s nominees to the Board and
“FOR” ratification of the independent registered public accounting firm. A
“broker non-vote” occurs when a broker expressly instructs on a proxy card
that it is not voting on a matter, whether routine or non-routine.

How are “broker non-votes”
counted?

Broker non-votes will be counted for the purpose of determining the presence
or absence of a quorum for the transaction of business, but they will not be
counted in tabulating the voting result for any particular proposal.

How are abstentions
counted?

What happens if additional
matters are presented at the
meeting?

If you return a proxy card that indicates an abstention from voting on all
matters, the shares represented will be counted for the purpose of determining
both the presence of a quorum and the total number of votes cast with respect
to a proposal (other than the election of directors), but they will not be voted
on any matter at the meeting. In the absence of controlling precedent to the
contrary, we intend to treat abstentions in this manner. Accordingly,
abstentions will have the same effect as a vote “AGAINST” a proposal.

Other than the two proposals described in this proxy statement, we are not
aware of any other business to be acted upon at the meeting. If you grant a
proxy, the persons named as proxy holders, Kevin P. Connors (our President
and Chief Executive Officer) and Ronald J. Santilli (our Chief Financial
Officer) will have the discretion to vote your shares on any additional matters
that may be properly presented for a vote at the meeting. If, for any unforeseen
reason, any of our nominees is not available as a candidate for director, the

4

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

persons named as proxy holders will vote your proxy for such other candidate
or candidates as may be nominated by our Board.

Who will serve as inspector
of election?

We expect a representative of Computershare Trust Company, Inc., our
transfer agent, to tabulate the votes, and expect our General Counsel to act as
inspector of election at the meeting.

What should I do in the
event that I receive more
than one set of proxy/voting
materials?

Who is soliciting my vote
and who will bear the costs
of this solicitation?

You may receive more than one set of these proxy solicitation materials,
including multiple copies of this proxy statement and multiple proxy cards or
voting instruction cards. For example, if you hold your shares in more than one
brokerage account, you may receive a separate voting instruction card for each
brokerage account
in which you hold shares. In addition, If you are a
stockholder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name,
you may receive more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and
return each Cutera proxy card and voting instruction card that you receive to
ensure that all your shares are voted.

the entire cost of solicitation of proxies,

Your vote is being solicited on behalf of the Board, and the Company will
bear
including preparation,
assembly, printing and mailing of this proxy statement. In addition to these
mailed proxy materials, our directors and employees may also solicit proxies
in person, by telephone, by electronic mail or by other means of
communication. Directors and employees will not be paid any additional
compensation for soliciting proxies. We may reimburse brokerage firms,
banks and other agents for the cost of forwarding proxy materials to
beneficial owners. We may also engage the services of a professional proxy
solicitation firm to aid in the solicitation of proxies from certain brokers,
bank nominees and other institutional owners. Our costs for such services, if
retained, will not be material.

Where can I find the voting
results of the meeting?

We intend to announce preliminary voting results at the meeting and publish
final results in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter of
fiscal 2007.

What is the deadline to
propose actions for
consideration at next year’s
Annual Meeting of
Stockholders or to nominate
individuals to serve as
directors?

As a stockholder, you may be entitled to present proposals for action at a
future meeting of stockholders, including director nominations.

Stockholder Proposals: For a stockholder proposal to be considered
for inclusion in our proxy statement for the Annual Meeting to be held
in 2008,
the written proposal must be received by our corporate
Secretary at our principal executive offices no later than January 11,
2008, which is the date 120 calendars days before the anniversary of the
mailing date of this Proxy Statement. If the date of next year’s Annual
Meeting is moved more than 30 days before or after the anniversary
date of this year’s Annual Meeting,
the deadline for inclusion of
proposals in our proxy statement is instead a reasonable time before we
begin to print and mail its proxy materials. Such proposals also must
comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-8 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and any other
applicable rules established by the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (the “SEC”). Stockholders interested in submitting such a
proposal are advised to contact knowledgeable legal counsel with regard

5

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

to the detailed requirements of applicable securities laws. Proposals
should be addressed to:

Secretary
Cutera, Inc.
3240 Bayshore Blvd.
Brisbane, California 94005-1021

Nomination of Director Candidates: You may propose director
candidates for consideration by our Board. Any such recommendations
should include the nominee’s name and qualifications for Board
membership and should be directed to the “Secretary” at the address of
our principal executive offices set forth above. In addition, our Bylaws
permit stockholders to nominate directors for election at an Annual
Meeting of stockholders. To nominate a director, the stockholder must
provide the information required by our Bylaws, as well as a statement by
the nominee consenting to being named as a nominee and to serve as a
director if elected. In addition, the stockholder must give timely notice to
our corporate Secretary in accordance with the provisions of our Bylaws,
which require that the notice be received by our corporate Secretary no
later than January 11, 2008.

Copy of Bylaw Provisions: You may contact our corporate Secretary at
our principal executive offices for a copy of the relevant bylaw provisions
regarding the requirements
for making stockholder proposals and
nominating director candidates.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

6

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

STOCK OWNERSHIP

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table provides information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the

Record Date, by:

•

•

•

•

each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;

each of our Named Executive Officers named in the Summary Compensation Table on page 23 (our
Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our three other most highly compensated
executive officers);

each of our directors; and

all of our directors and Named Executive Officers as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined
in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership
for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has
the sole or shared voting power or investment power and any shares that the individual has the right to acquire
within 60 days of April 20, 2007 (the Record Date) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. The
number and percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 13,549,880 shares of our
common stock outstanding as of the Record Date. The information in the following table regarding the beneficial
owners of more than 5% of our common stock is based upon information supplied by principal stockholders or
Schedules 13D and 13G filed with the SEC.

Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the Record Date are
deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but
are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with
respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. To our knowledge, except
as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, each person or entity
named in the table has sole voting and disposition power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such
person’s or entity’s name. The address for those persons for which an address is not otherwise provided is c/o
Cutera, Inc., 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

Number of
Shares
Outstanding

Warrants and
Options
Exercisable
Within 60 Days**

Approximate
Percent
Owned

Annette J. Campbell-White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David B. Apfelberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David A. Gollnick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W. Mark Lortz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jerry P. Widman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timothy J. O’Shea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ronald J. Santilli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Robert J. Shine, Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John J. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) . . . . . . .

56,774
20,000
151,607
173,696
2,285
0
0
5,944
4,512
5,511
420,329

30,000
20,000
597,916
147,462
20,000
30,000
10,000
63,125
39,125
90,029
1,047,657

*
*
*
5.3%
2.3%
*
*
*
*
*
10.1%

*
**

Less than 1%.
Includes Performance Unit Awards that will vest and be issued within 60 days of the Record Date. See
discussion of this matter included in Compensation Discussion and Analysis on page 22 of this proxy
statement.

7

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, officers and beneficial owners of more than 10%
of our common stock to file reports of ownership and reports of changes in the ownership with the SEC. Such
persons are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms received by us, or written representations from
reporting persons that no Forms 3, 4 or 5 were required of such persons, we believe that during our fiscal year
ended December 31, 2006, all reports were timely filed, with the exceptions noted herein.

Two late Form 4 reports were filed for John J. Connors on June 21, 2006 and September 5, 2006,
respectively, to report the June 8, 2006 grant of options to acquire 15,000 shares of our common stock, and the
August 31, 2006 sale of 8,083 shares of our common stock.

One late Form 4 report was filed for David A. Gollnick on June 20, 2006 to report the June 8, 2006 grant of

options to acquire 25,000 shares of our common stock.

One late Form 4 report was filed for Kevin P. Connors on June 20, 2006 to report the June 8, 2006 grant of

options to acquire 55,000 shares of our common stock.

One late Form 4 report was filed for Ronald J. Santilli on June 21, 2006 to report the June 8, 2006 grant of

options to acquire 35,000 shares of our common stock.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

8

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BOARD MATTERS

Director Independence

Our Board currently consists of seven directors, with one vacancy. The Company’s directors are Kevin P.
Connors, David A. Gollnick, Timothy J. O’Shea, David B. Apfelberg, W. Mark Lortz, Jerry P. Widman, and
Annette J. Campbell-White. Our Board has determined that each of the directors other than Kevin P. Connors,
the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and David A. Gollnick, the Company’s Vice President of
Research and Development, satisfy the current “independent director” standards established by rules of The
NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”).

Committees of the Board

Our Board has two standing committees: the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. From
time to time, our Board may also create various ad hoc committees for special purposes. The membership during
the last fiscal year and the function of each of the committees are described below.

Name of Director

Non-Employee Directors:
Jerry P. Widman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timothy J. O’Shea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W. Mark Lortz(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David B. Apfelberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annette J. Campbell-White(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Employee Directors:
Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David A. Gollnick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Audit
Committee

Compensation
Committee

X*
X
X

X

X
X*

Number of Meetings Held During the Last Fiscal Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10

3

X = Committee member
* = Chairman of Committee

(1) W. Mark Lortz became a member of the Compensation Committee on January 20, 2006, filling a vacancy
created by the January 9, 2006 resignation of Guy Nohra from our Board and Compensation Committee.
Annette J. Campbell-White replaced W. Mark Lortz as a member of the Compensation Committee on
April 13, 2007.

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Company’s accounting and financial reporting
processes and the audits of its financial statements. In this role, the Audit Committee monitors and oversees the
integrity of the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures, the qualifications, independence, and
performance of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, and the Company’s compliance
with applicable legal requirements and its business conduct policies. Our Board has determined that each
member of the Audit Committee meets the independence and financial literacy requirements of the Nasdaq rules
and the independence requirements of the SEC. Our Board has determined that Jerry P. Widman continues to
qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in SEC rules. The Audit Committee has a written
charter, which was adopted by our Board in January 2004, a copy of which can be found on our website at
www.cutera.com. The report of the Audit Committee appears on page 13 of this proxy statement.

Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee,

together with the Board, establishes
compensation for the Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers and administers the Company’s
the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and the 1998 Stock Plan. The
2004 Equity Incentive Plan,
Compensation Committee has a written charter, which was adopted by our Board in January 2004, and amended
on April 13, 2007, and can be found on our website.

9

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Meetings Attended by Directors

The Board held five meetings during 2006, the Audit Committee held ten meetings and the Compensation
Committee held three meetings. No director attended fewer than 75% of the meetings of the Board or
committee(s) on which he or she served during 2006, except for Mr. Lortz who attended two of the three
Compensation Committee meetings held in 2006.

The directors of the Company are encouraged to attend the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
and directors Kevin P. Connors and David A. Gollnick attended the meeting in 2006 in person. No other board
members attended that meeting, in person or telephonically.

Director Nomination Process

Nominations. Our Board does not currently have a nominating committee or other committee performing a
similar function nor do we have any formal written policies outlining the factors and process relating to the
selection of nominees for consideration for Board membership by the full Board and the stockholders. Our Board
has adopted resolutions in accordance with the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules authorizing a majority of its
independent members to recommend qualified nominees for consideration by the full Board. Our Board believes
that it is appropriate for us to not have a standing nominating committee because of a number of factors,
including the number of independent directors who want to participate in consideration of candidates for
membership on the Board. Our Board consists of seven members, five of whom are independent. Our Board
considered forming a nominating committee consisting of several of the independent members of our Board.
Forming a committee consisting of less than all of the independent members was unattractive because it would
have omitted the other independent members of our Board who wanted to participate in considering qualified
candidates for Board membership. Since our Board desired the participation in the nominations process of all of
its independent members, it therefore decided not to form a nominating committee and instead authorized a
majority of the independent members of our Board to make and consider nominations for Board membership.
The independent members of our Board do not have a nominating committee charter, but act pursuant to Board
resolutions as described above. Each of the members of our Board authorized to recommend nominees to the full
Board is independent within the meaning of the current “independent director” standards established by Nasdaq’s
rules. Our Board intends to review this matter periodically, and may in the future elect to designate a formal
nominating committee.

Director Qualifications. While the independent members of our Board have not established specific
minimum qualifications for director candidates, the candidates for Board membership should have the highest
professional and personal ethics and values, and conduct themselves consistent with our Code of Ethics. While
the independent members of the Board have not formalized specific minimum qualifications they believe must be
met by a candidate to be recommended by the independent members, the independent members of the Board
believe that candidates and nominees must reflect a Board that is comprised of directors who (i) have broad and
relevant experience, (ii) are predominantly independent, (iii) are of high integrity, (iv) have qualifications that
will
increase overall Board effectiveness and enhance long-term stockholder value, and (v) meet other
requirements as may be required by applicable rules, such as financial literacy or financial expertise with respect
to Audit Committee members.

Stockholder Nominations and Recommendations. As described above in the Question and Answer section of
this proxy statement under “What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at next year’s Annual
Meeting of Stockholders or to nominate individuals to serve as directors?,” our Bylaws set forth the procedure
for the proper submission of stockholder nominations for membership on our Board. In addition, the independent
members of our Board may consider properly submitted stockholder recommendations (as opposed to formal
nominations) for candidates for membership on the Board. A stockholder may make such a recommendation by
submitting the following information to our Secretary at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021:
the candidate’s name, home and business contact information, detailed biographical data, relevant qualifications,
professional and personal references, information regarding any relationships between the candidate and Cutera
within the last three years and evidence of ownership of Cutera stock by the recommending stockholder.

10

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Identifying and Evaluating Director Nominees. Typically new candidates for nomination to the Board are
suggested by existing directors or by our executive officers, although candidates may initially come to our
attention through professional search firms, stockholders or other persons. The independent members of the
Board shall carefully review the qualifications of any candidates who have been properly brought to its attention.
Such a review may, in the Board’s discretion, include a review solely of information provided to the Board or
may also include discussion with persons familiar with the candidate, an interview with the candidate or other
actions that the Board deems proper. The Board shall consider the suitability of each candidate, including the
current members of the Board, in light of the current size and composition of the Board. In evaluating the
qualifications of the candidates, the independent members of the Board considers many factors, including, issues
of character,
length of service, and other
commitments. The Board evaluates such factors, among others, and does not assign any particular weighting or
priority to any of these factors. Candidates properly recommended by stockholders are evaluated by the
independent directors using the same criteria as other candidates.

independence, expertise, diversity of experience,

judgment,

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth a summary of the cash compensation and the fair value of stock options

earned by our non-employee directors in the year ended December 31, 2006.

Name

Jerry P. Widman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timothy J. O’Shea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W. Mark Lortz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David B. Apfelberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annette J. Campbell-White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash(1)

$37,500
26,000
27,500
26,500
15,000

Option
Awards(2)

$120,384(3)
120,384(4)
115,681(5)
120,384(6)
120,384(7)

Total

$157,884
146,384
143,181
146,884
135,384

(1) Amounts were earned in connection with attendance at meetings of our Board and its committees, or

committee Chairman retainers, each as described below.

(2) Amounts represent the expensed fair value of stock options calculated in accordance with the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment (revised 2004),” or SFAS 123(R), as
discussed in Note 5, “Stock Option Plans,” to our financial statements included in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
on March 16, 2007.

(3) At December 31, 2006, Jerry P. Widman held options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock.
(4) At December 31, 2006, Timothy J. O’Shea held options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock.
(5) At December 31, 2006, W. Mark Lortz held options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock.
(6) At December 31, 2006, David B. Apfelberg held options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock.
(7) At December 31, 2006, Annette J. Campbell-White held options to purchase 50,000 shares of common

stock.

Our non-employee directors are paid $5,000 for each regular board meeting; $1,500 per year for
compensation committee meetings attended that year; and $6,000 per year for audit committee meetings attended
that year. Additionally, the Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an annual $10,000 retainer and the
Chairman of the Compensation Committee receives an annual $5,000 retainer.

We have in the past granted directors options to purchase our common stock pursuant to the terms of our
2004 Equity Incentive Plan. Non-employee directors may receive additional cash compensation from time to
time as the Board may determine.

Our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the automatic grant of options to our non-employee
directors. Each non-employee director appointed to the Board receives an initial option to purchase 30,000 shares
of common stock upon such appointment. In addition, non-employee directors who have been directors for at

11

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

least the preceding six months will receive a subsequent option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock
immediately following each Annual Meeting of our stockholders. All options granted under the automatic grant
provisions have an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of grant and a term of ten years if granted
before April 2007 and seven years if granted after such date. Each option to purchase 30,000 shares will become
exercisable as to one-third of the shares subject to the option on each anniversary of its date of grant, provided
the non-employee director remains a director on such dates. Each option to purchase 10,000 shares will become
exercisable as to 100% of the shares subject to the option on the third anniversary of its date of grant, provided
the non-employee director remains a director up to and including such date.

Code of Ethics

We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of business conduct and ethics. Our Code of Ethics
this
(the “Code”) reflects our values and the business practices and principles of behavior that support
commitment. The Code is intended to satisfy SEC rules for a “code of ethics” required by Section 406 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as the Nasdaq listing standards requirement for a “code of conduct.” The
Code is an Exhibit to our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 29, 2004 and is available on the Company’s
website at www.cutera.com under “Company—Investor Relations—Corporate Governance.” We will post any
amendment to the Code, as well as any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of the SEC or the
Nasdaq, on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our Compensation Committee nor any of our executive officers has a relationship that would
constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers or directors of another entity. No Compensation
Committee member is an officer or employee of Cutera.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

In the Company’s last fiscal year, and except for compensation paid to its directors and executive officers
for services performed in such roles, there has not been nor is there currently proposed any transaction or series
of similar transactions to which the Company was or is to be a party in which the amount involved exceeds
$120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common stock or any
member of their immediate families had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Family Relationships

John J. Connors, our Vice President of North American Sales, is the brother of Kevin P. Connors, our
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director. There are no other family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.

Communications with the Board by Stockholders

Stockholders wishing to communicate with the Board or with an individual Board member concerning the
Company may do so by writing to the Board or to the particular Board member, and mailing the correspondence
to: Attention: Board of Directors, c/o Secretary, Cutera, Inc., 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-
it contains a stockholder communication. All such stockholder
1021. The envelope should indicate that
communications will be forwarded to the director or directors to whom the communications are addressed.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

12

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

The material in this section is not deemed filed with the SEC and is not incorporated by reference in any
filing of our Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made
before or after the date of this Proxy Statement and irrespective of any general incorporation language in those
filings.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised solely of independent directors (as defined by
Nasdaq rules) who were all appointed by the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a
written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, a copy of which can be found on our website. The Audit
Committee reviews and assesses the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis. As more fully described in the
charter, the purpose of the Audit Committee is to provide general oversight of Cutera’s financial reporting,
integrity of financial statements, internal controls and internal audit functions. The Audit Committee has
authority to retain outside legal, accounting or other advisors as its deems necessary to carry out its duties and to
require Cutera to pay for such expenditures.

The Audit Committee monitors Cutera’s external audit process,

including the scope, fees, auditor
independence matters and the extent to which the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm may be
retained to perform non-audit services. The Audit Committee has responsibility for
the appointment,
compensation, retention and oversight of Cutera’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The Audit
Committee also reviews the results of the external audit work with regard to the adequacy and appropriateness of
Cutera’s financial, accounting and internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the Audit Committee
generally oversees Cutera’s internal compliance programs. The Audit Committee members are not professional
accountants or auditors, and their functions are not
intended to duplicate or to certify the activities of
management and the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, nor can the Audit Committee certify that
the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is “independent” under applicable rules.

The Audit Committee provides advice, counsel and direction to management and the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm on matters for which it is responsible based on the information it receives
from management and the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the experience of its members in
business, financial and accounting matters.

Management is responsible for the preparation and integrity of Cutera’s financial statements, accounting and
financial reporting processes and internal control over financial reporting for compliance with applicable
accounting standards, laws and regulations.

Cutera’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is responsible for
performing an independent audit of Cutera’s financial statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards and expressing an opinion in its report on those financial statements, and for expressing an opinion on
management’s assessment of the effectiveness of Cutera’s internal control over financial reporting.

In this context, the Audit Committee hereby reports as follows:

•

•

•

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements for 2006 with
Cutera’s management.

The Audit Committee has discussed with the Independent Registered Public Accounting firm the
matters required to be discussed by SAS 61 (Codification of Statements on Auditing Standard, AU 380),
SAS 99 (Consideration of Fraud in a Financial Statement Audit) and Securities and Exchange
Commission rules discussed in Final Releases Nos. 33-8183 and 33-8183a.

The Audit Committee has received written disclosures and a letter from the Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, required by Independence Standards Board
Standard No. 1 (Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, “Independence Discussions with Audit
Committee”) and has discussed with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP its independence.

13

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

•

•

•

The Audit Committee has discussed with the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm the
overall scope and plans for its audit.

The Audit Committee has met with the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, with and
without management present, to discuss the results of its examinations, its evaluations of our internal
control over financial reporting, and to discuss the overall quality of our financial reporting.

The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision by the Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining its independence.

• Based on the review and discussion referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board,
and the Board has approved, that the audited financial statements and the report of management on
internal control over financial reporting be included in Cutera’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

The foregoing report is provided by the undersigned members of the Audit Committee.

W. Mark Lortz
Timothy J. O’Shea
Jerry P. Widman

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

14

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

PROPOSAL ONE—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Classes of the Board of Directors

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our Board shall be divided into three
classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively, with the classes of directors serving for
staggered three-year terms. Our Board currently consists of seven directors, divided among the three classes as
follows: two Class I directors, Kevin P. Connors and David A. Gollnick, whose terms expire at our Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2008; two Class II directors, Timothy J. O’Shea and David B. Apfelberg,
whose terms expire at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2009; and three Class III directors,
W. Mark Lortz, Jerry P. Widman, and Annette J. Campbell-White, whose terms expire at this meeting.

The names of the each member of the Board, the class in which they serve, their ages as of the Record Date,

principal occupation and length of service on the Board is as follows:

Name

Class I Directors
Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David A. Gollnick . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Class II Directors
Timothy J. O’Shea(2) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Term
Expires Age

Principal Occupation

2008
2008

45
President and Chief Executive Officer
43 Vice President of Research & Development

Director
Since

1998
1998

2009

54 Vice President of Business Development, Boston

2004

David B. Apfelberg(1)

. . . . . . . . . . .

2009

Scientific Corporation

65 Assistant Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery,
Stanford University Medical Center

1998

Class III Directors
W. Mark Lortz(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jerry P. Widman(1)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annette J. Campbell-White(1) . . . . .

2007
2007
2007

Former Chief Executive Officer, TheraSense, Inc.
Former Chief Financial Officer, Ascension Health

55
64
60 Managing General Partner, MedVenture

2004
2004
1998

Associates I-V

(1) Member of the Compensation Committee as of the Record Date.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee as of the Record Date.

Director Nominees

The Board has nominated W. Mark Lortz, Jerry P. Widman, and Annette J. Campbell-White for re-election

as Class III directors.

W. Mark Lortz has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2004. Mr. Lortz served as the
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of TheraSense until June of 2004 after its acquisition by Abbott
Laboratories earlier in 2004. Prior to TheraSense, Mr. Lortz held several positions at LifeScan, including Vice
President, Operations and Group Vice President, Worldwide Business Operations. Prior to LifeScan, Mr. Lortz
has 18 years of experience with the General Electric Company in several divisions. Mr. Lortz is a member of the
board of directors of Neurometrix, a manufacturer of neurological diagnostic and therapeutic devices. Mr. Lortz
holds an MBA in Management from Xavier University and a BS in Engineering Science from Iowa State
University.

Jerry P. Widman has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2004. From 1982 to 2001,
Mr. Widman served as the Chief Financial Officer of Ascension Health, a not-for-profit multi-hospital system.
Mr. Widman also currently serves as a member of the board of directors and the audit committee of ArthroCare
Corporation, a publicly-traded medical device company, and the Trizetto Group, a publicly-traded information
technology company in the healthcare industry. Mr. Widman is a member of the board of directors of two other

15

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

privately-held companies in the healthcare industry. Mr. Widman holds a B.B.A. from Case Western Reserve
University, an M.B.A. from the University of Denver, a J.D. from Cleveland State University and is a Certified
Public Accountant.

Annette J. Campbell-White has served as a member of our board of directors since November 1998. Since
May 1986, Ms. Campbell-White has been the Managing General Partner of MedVenture Associates I-V, which
are venture partnerships investing primarily in early stage businesses in the healthcare field. Ms. Campbell-White
currently serves on the boards of a number of privately-held companies. Ms. Campbell-White holds a B.S. in
Chemical Engineering and an M.S. in Chemistry, both from the University of Cape Town, South Africa.

If elected to our board of directors, directors Lortz, Widman, and Campbell-White would hold office as
Class III directors until our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2010 or until their earlier death,
resignation or removal.

Board of Directors’ Recommendation

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR EACH OF THE THREE

NOMINEES FOR CLASS III DIRECTOR LISTED ABOVE.

Directors Whose Terms Extend Beyond the 2007 Annual Meeting

Kevin P. Connors has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of
directors since our inception in August 1998. Mr. Connors also currently serves as a member of the board of
directors of the Exploratorium in San Francisco. From May 1996 to June 1998, Mr. Connors served as President
and General Manager of Coherent Medical Group, a unit of Coherent Inc., which manufactures lasers, optics and
related accessories.

David A. Gollnick has served as our Vice President of Research and Development and as a member of our
Board since our inception in August 1998. From June 1996 to July 1998, Mr. Gollnick was Vice President of
Research and Development at Coherent Medical Group, a unit of Coherent Inc. Mr. Gollnick holds a B.S. in
Mechanical Engineering from Fresno State University.

David B. Apfelberg, MD has served as a member of our board of directors since November 1998.
Dr. Apfelberg has been an Adjunct Associate Professor of Plastic Surgery at the Stanford University Medical
Center since 1980. Since 1987, Dr. Apfelberg has also been a consultant for individual entrepreneurs, venture
capital companies and attorneys, with special expertise in the area of lasers in medicine. From June 1991 to May
2001, Dr. Apfelberg was Director of the Plastic Surgery Center in Atherton, California. Dr. Apfelberg holds both
a B.M.S., Bachelor of Medical Science, and an M.D. from Northwestern University Medical School.

Timothy J. O’Shea has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2004. Since joining Boston
Scientific in 1981, he has served in a variety of management positions, including business development,
corporate project management, international and domestic marketing and sales. Mr. O’Shea currently serves as a
board observer on behalf of Boston Scientific for several private and public companies. Mr. O’Shea holds a B.A.
in history from the University of Detroit.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

16

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

PROPOSAL TWO—RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Audit Committee of the Board has selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm to perform the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited the Company’s consolidated
financial statements for the fiscal years 2001 through 2006.

The Board is asking the stockholders to ratify the selection of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 2007. Although not required by law, by rules of Nasdaq, or by
the Company’s bylaws, the Board is submitting the selection of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the stockholders
for ratification as a matter of good corporate practice. Even if the selection is ratified, the Audit Committee in its
discretion may select a different Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm at any time during the year if it
determines that such a change would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

Representatives of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are expected to be present at the Annual Meeting. They
will have an opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so and will be available to respond to
appropriate questions from the Company’s stockholders.

Board of Directors’ Recommendation

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE RATIFICATION
OF THE SELECTION OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP AS THE COMPANY’S
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR 2007.

Audit and Non-Audit Services

the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 2006,

The Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the
Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. In addition to retaining PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP to audit
the Audit Committee retained
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to provide other auditing and advisory services in 2006. The Audit Committee
understands the need for PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to maintain objectivity and independence in its audits of
the Company’s financial statements. The Audit Committee has reviewed all non-audit services provided by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in 2006 and has concluded that the provision of such services was compatible with
maintaining PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

To help ensure the independence of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, the Audit
Committee has adopted a policy for the pre-approval of all audit and non-audit services to be performed for the
Company by its Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Pursuant to this policy, all audit and non-audit
services to be performed by the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm must be approved in advance by
the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee may delegate to one or more of its members the authority to grant
the required approvals, provided that any exercise of such authority is presented to the full Audit Committee at
its next regularly scheduled meeting.

The aggregate fees incurred by the Company for audit and non-audit services in 2006 and 2005 were as

follows:

Service Category

2006

2005

Audit Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Related Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Other Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$900,000
—
28,000
2,000

$437,000
—
18,000
2,000

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$930,000

$457,000

17

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

In the above table, in accordance with the SEC’s definitions and rules, “audit fees” are fees for professional
services for the audit of a company’s financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in
the annual report on Form 10-K, for the review of a company’s financial statements included in the quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q; "audit-related fees" are fees for services that are normally provided by the accountant in
connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements; “tax fees” are fees for tax compliance, tax
advice and tax planning; and “all other fees” are a subscription fee for a PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP online
service used for accounting research purposes. Included in audit fees are fees that were billed and unbilled for
services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2006.

All of the services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP described in the table above were approved by

the Audit Committee.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

18

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Named Executive Officers

Set forth below is certain information concerning our Named Executive Officers as of the Record Date.

Name

Age

Position(s)

Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David A. Gollnick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ronald J. Santilli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John J. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Robert J. Shine, Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

45
43 Vice President of Research and Development and Director
47 Chief Financial Officer
42 Vice President of North American Sales
38 Vice President of International

Further information with respect to Kevin P. Connors and David A. Gollnick is provided above under

“Directors Whose Terms Extend Beyond the 2007 Annual Meeting.”

Ronald J. Santilli has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2001. From April 2001 to
August 2001, Mr. Santilli served as Senior Director of Financial Planning and Accounting at Lumenis, a
manufacturer of medical lasers. From May 1993 to March 2001, Mr. Santilli held several positions at Coherent
Inc., including Sales Operations Manager, Controller of the Medical Group and, most recently, Director of
Finance and Administration. Mr. Santilli holds a B.S. in Business Administration from San Jose State University
and an M.B.A. in Finance from Golden Gate University.

John J. Connors has served as our Vice President of North American Sales since April 2005. From February
2004 to April 2005, Mr. Connors served as our Director of North American Sales. From February 2001 to
February 2004, Mr. Connors served as our Western Regional Sales Manager. From July 1999 to January 2001,
Mr. Connors served as a Sales Manager for Coherent Medical Group, a unit of Coherent Inc. Mr. Connors holds
a B.S. in Economics from Miami University.

Robert J . Shine, Jr., Ph.D. has served as our Vice President of International since September 2006. From
December 2002 to September 2006, Dr. Shine served as our Director of Marketing. Prior to joining us, Dr. Shine
held positions in marketing at WaveSplitter Technologies, Inc. and New Focus, Inc. Dr. Shine holds a B.A. and
M.A. in Chemistry and Physics from Harvard University and a Ph.D. in Applied Physics from Stanford
University.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

The primary objectives of our compensation programs are

•

•

•

that they be fair, objective and consistent across the employee population,

that compensation be directly and substantially linked to measurable corporate and individual
performance, and

that compensation remains competitive, so that we can attract and retain the key employees necessary
for our success.

We seek to foster a culture where individual performance is aligned with organizational objectives. We
evaluate and reward our Named Executive Officers based on the comparable market compensation for their
respective positions in the company and an evaluation of their contributions to the achievement of short- and
longer term organizational goals. Executive compensation is reviewed annually, and adjustments are made to
reflect performance-based factors and competitive conditions. Generally, compensation for our Named Executive

19

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Officers is adjusted effective June 1 of each year, except that the sales commission plans for our VP of North
American Sales and our VP of International are adjusted annually, effective January 1.

Role of our Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee, together with our Board, establishes compensation for our Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the other Named Executive Officers, and administers the 1998 Stock Plan,
the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Compensation Committee has
a written charter, which was adopted by our Board in January 2004, and was amended in April 2007. A copy of
this charter, as amended, can be found on our website, which is www.cutera.com.

The members of our Compensation Committee are appointed by our Board. The members of that committee
as of the Record Date were Dr. David B. Apfelberg (chairman), Mr. Jerry P. Widman and Ms. Annette J.
Campbell-White. Ms. Campbell-White replaced W. Mark Lortz as a member of the Compensation Committee on
April 13, 2007. Each member of the Compensation Committee is an “outside director” for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the
Exchange Act and satisfies the independence requirements imposed by Nasdaq.

Our Compensation Committee reviews and makes recommendations for approval by the independent
members of our Board with regard to compensation for our Named Executive Officers to ensure consistency with
market compensation rates for similar positions, our compensation philosophy and corporate governance
guidelines and is responsible for assessing the executive compensation packages offered to our Named Executive
Officers. Ultimately, compensation matters are approved by our full Board, excluding Messrs. Kevin Connors
and David Gollnick, so that the decisions are made only by the directors who are “outside directors” for purposes
of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act.

Since 2005, we have been working with a third-party compensation consulting group to assist us in setting
executive compensation. In past years, management took a more active role in engaging the consulting group and
in preparing recommendations of executive compensation for review by the Compensation Committee, and
ultimately, the Board. With the SEC’s recent reforms relating to executive compensation disclosure, in 2007, our
Compensation Committee has assumed a more active role.

For 2007, our Compensation Committee has engaged the third-party compensation consulting group
directly, and is actively working with the consultant to produce a report and recommendations of executive
compensation for the Board’s consideration. Because certain components of executive compensation—such as
sales commissions and bonus targets—are driven by operational priorities, as to which management has greater
insight than the Board or the Compensation Committee, the Compensation Committee has directed management
to interface with the Committee and the third-party compensation consultant to establish appropriate targets. In
the future, we may decide not to hire a compensation consultant each year, but rather once every three years or
so. This decision shall be evaluated regularly and will be based on the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of
whether the prior report obtained, along with increased disclosures of other public companies from our industry
peer group relating to executive compensation disclosure, is sufficient to allow them to make informed and
reasonable decisions with regard to executive-compensation matters.

Role of our Executives in Setting Compensation

On occasion, the Compensation Committee may meet with members of our management team to obtain
recommendations with respect to Company compensation programs, practices and packages for executives, other
employees and directors. Management may make recommendations to the Compensation Committee on all
components of compensation. The Compensation Committee considers, but is not bound to and does not always
accept, management’s recommendations with respect to these matters. The Compensation Committee and our
Board has the ultimate authority to make decisions with respect to the compensation of our Named Executive
Officers and does not delegate any of its compensation functions to others.

20

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Compensation Components

Our Named Executive Officers are compensated with cash, equity and non-equity incentives, and other

customary employee benefits.

Cash Compensation. Cash compensation consists of base salary, participation in a discretionary bonus
program and, for our VP of North American Sales and our VP of International, participation in a sales
commission plan. The sales commission plan contributes to a majority of the cash compensation earned by our
VP of North American Sales, which helps more closely align his incentives with those of stockholders. For the
quarter ended December 31, 2006, our VP of International earned a guaranteed sales commission of $20,000.
Our compensation consultant assists us in analyzing peer public companies to help guide our determination of
appropriate cash compensation for our Named Executive Officers. Our cash compensation goals for our Named
Executive Officers are based upon the following principals:

•

•

Pay should be set at or above the median of our peer group companies with which we compete for
employees;

Pay should be positioned to reflect each individual’s experience, performance and potential;

• A significant portion of cash compensation should be “at risk;” and

•

The amount of discretionary bonus payable in any quarter is based on revenue growth, compared with
the same quarter in the prior year, and the operating profit before stock-based compensation and non-
operational expenses, or “Adjusted Operating Profit.” Further, discretionary bonuses are payable only if
we have an Adjusted Operating Profit for that quarter.

Base Salary and Total Target Cash Compensation. In 2006, as a result of the work performed by our
compensation consultant, we found that our executive cash compensation levels were below competitive norms,
while company performance had generally exceeded that of our peer companies. We also found that our cash and
total direct compensation levels were significantly below our target pay positioning. As a consequence, we
increased the base salary for our five Named Executive Officers to better align with the market 50th percentile,
both for base salary and for total target cash compensation.

Discretionary Bonus Program. In addition to base salary compensation, we have a discretionary bonus
program for our Named Executive Officers and other personnel pursuant to which cash payments may be made
quarterly. The Board, upon the review and recommendation by the Compensation Committee, effective as of
June 1, 2006, set the annual target bonus levels as a percentage of base salary for the Named Executive Officers.
Target bonuses are calculated based upon a matrix of revenue growth and Adjusted Operating Profit. For
example, at 10% revenue growth and 10% Adjusted Operating Profit, an individual would receive 100% of his or
her target bonus. At 50% revenue growth and 25% Adjusted Operating Profit, an individual would receive 375%
of his or her target bonus. The actual bonus earned by each of our Named Executive Officers in 2006 was equal
to approximately 265% of his or her respective target bonus.

Payments under this bonus program are made quarterly and only in the event that we have an Adjusted
Operating Profit in that then-preceding quarter. For 2006, our Named Executive Officers’ bonuses were based
entirely on the achievement of company goals.

We have sometimes issued cash bonuses to our Named Executive Officers that were not tied to specific
in February 2007, following a recommendation by our Compensation
target bonus levels. For instance,
Committee, our Board approved a one-time discretionary cash bonus of $20,000 gross for our VP of North
American Sales for his outstanding performance during 2006.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

21

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Long-Term Incentive Program. We believe that equity-based compensation promotes and encourages long-
term successful performance by our Named Executive Officers that is aligned with the organization’s goals and
the generation of stockholder value. Our equity compensation goals for our Named Executive Officers and others
are based upon the following principals:

•

Stockholder and executive interests should be aligned;

• Key and high-performing employees, who have a demonstrable impact on our performance and /or

stockholder value, should be provided this benefit;

•

•

The program should be structured to provide meaningful retention incentives to participants;

The equity grants should reflect each individual’s experience, performance, potential and comparable to
what our peer public companies grant for the respective position; and

• Actual awards should be tailored to reflect individual performance and attraction/retention goals.

Under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, we are permitted to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted shares, restricted stock units, performance shares, and other stock-based awards. Under that Plan, we
grant options to our officers, directors and employees to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The grant date for stock options to our
Named Executive Officers is typically the date of a regularly scheduled board meeting, of which we have four
per year, or, for annual merit grants, on or around June 1 of each year. Our outside directors are granted options
annually on the date of our annual general meeting of stockholders. We have no program, plan or practice to
select option grant dates (or set board meeting and annual general meeting of stockholders dates) to correspond
with the release of material non-public information.

In 2005, we issued performance unit awards (otherwise commonly referred to as restricted stock units)
pursuant to, and as provided under, the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. Each recipient of an award entered into a
performance unit award agreement (or Award Agreement). These awards vest annually at the rate of 25% of the
units per year, for four years, provided the recipient continues to provide us with service. Pursuant to the Award
Agreements, following each annual vesting date, the award is settled in stock, net of stock withheld for the
payment of employee taxes. Under the terms of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the Award Agreements, each
unit has an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. On its vesting
date, the unit has a value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of vesting.

We also have a 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that provides eligible employees with the opportunity
to purchase shares of our common stock at a 15% discounted price to the lower of the fair market value at either
the beginning or the end of the applicable offering period. Except for our Chief Executive Officer, all of our other
Named Executive Officers participate in this plan.

Benefits. We provide the following benefits to our Named Executive Officers generally on the same basis as

the benefits provided to all employees:

• Health, dental and vision insurance;

•

•

•

•

Life insurance;

Short-and long-term disability;

401(k) plan; and

Flexible Spending Accounts.

These benefits are consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies

with which we compete for employees.

22

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and Limitations on Executive Compensation

Section 162(m) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may limit our ability to
deduct for United States federal income tax purposes compensation paid to either our Chief Executive Officer or
to any four other highest paid executive officers in any one fiscal year that is, for each such person, in excess of
$1,000,000. None of our executive officers received any such compensation in excess of this limit during 2006,
or any prior year.

Grants under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan are not subject to the deduction limitation; however, to
preserve our ability to deduct the compensation income associated with options granted to such executive
officers pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan provides that no optionee may
be granted option(s) to purchase more than 500,000 shares of our common stock in any one fiscal year. However,
in the fiscal year in which the optionee is hired, an optionee may be granted an option to purchase up to
1,000,000 shares of our common stock.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth summary compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2006
for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and each of our other three most highly compensated
executive officers. We refer to these persons as our Named Executive Officers elsewhere in this proxy statement.
Except as provided below, none of our Named Executive Officers received any other compensation required to
be disclosed by law or in excess of $10,000 annually.

Name and Principal Position

Salary

Bonus(1)

Option
and Stock
Awards(2)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

All Other
Compensation

Total

Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
President and Chief Executive
Officer

$329,167

$433,066

$305,193

—

$11,250(4)

$1,078,676

Ronald J. Santilli . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

220,417

201,461

234,370

Chief Financial Officer

David A. Gollnick . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vice President Research and
Development

217,500

198,610

165,177

—

—

11,250(4)

667,498

11,250(4)

592,537

John J. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

113,012

54,968

215,113

$252,298(3)

18,450(5)

653,841

Vice President of North
American Sales

Robert J. Shine, Jr.

. . . . . . . . . . . .

147,580

58,685

80,150

—

26,277(6)

312,692

Vice President of International

(1) Amounts represent payments of a discretionary bonus in 2006.
(2) Amounts represent the fair value of stock options and awards calculated in accordance with SFAS 123(R)
and as discussed in Note 5, “Stock Option Plans,” to our financial statements included in our Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission on March 16, 2007.

(3) Amounts represent sales commission payments for meeting targets under a sales commission incentive plan.
(4) Amount represents 401(K) employer-match contributions.
(5) Amount represents 401(K) employer-match contributions of $11,250 and $7,200 for a car allowance.
(6) Amount represents 401(K) employer-match contributions of $6,277 and $20,000 of guaranteed sales

commissions for the quarter ended December 31, 2007.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

23

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table lists grants of plan-based awards made to our Named Executive Officers in 2006 and

their related fair value compensation expense for 2006 calculated in accordance with SFAS 123(R).

Name

Grant Date

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . . . . .

6/8/2006

Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards

President and Chief
Executive Officer

Ronald J. Santilli . . . . . . . . . .
Chief Financial Officer

David A. Gollnick . . . . . . . . .
Vice President Research
and Development

John J. Connors . . . . . . . . . . .

Vice President of
North American Sales

Robert J. Shine, Jr. . . . . . . . . .

Vice President of
International

6/8/2006

6/8/2006

6/1/2006
6/8/2006

6/8/2006
10/20/2006

N/A(2)

$202,525

N/A(2)

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards(3)

Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
Option
Awards(1)

55,000

$23.75

$727,727

35,000

23.75

463,099

25,000

23.75

330,785

15,000

23.75

198,471

10,000
10,000

23.75
27.36

132,314
143,397

(1) Amounts represent the total fair value of stock options granted in 2006 calculated in accordance with
SFAS 123(R) and as discussed in Note 5, “Stock Option Plans,” to our financial statements included in our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission on March 16, 2007.

(2) Amounts earned are based on the revenue generated and whether it exceeds the pre-agreed quota for each of
the quarters during the year. There is no minimum revenue requirement, or a maximum commission that can
be earned. For 2006, Mr. J. Connors exceeded his target and earned $252,298 under the plan.
(3) The per-share prices were the closing price of our common stock on the respective dates of grant.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

24

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Equity Incentive Awards Outstanding

The following table lists the outstanding equity incentive awards held by our Named Executive Officers as

of December 31, 2006.

Name

Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . .
President and Principal
Executive Officer

Ronald J. Santilli . . . . . . .

Principal Financial
Officer

David A. Gollnick . . . . . .

Vice President
Research and
Development

John J. Connors . . . . . . . .

Vice President of
North American Sales

Robert J. Shine, Jr. . . . . . .

Vice President of
International

Option Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Earned
Options(1)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options(1)

Option
Exercise
Price

Option
Expiration
Date

705,000
50,000
5,833
10,833
11,250
40,000
0
3,372
8,503
6,250
5,625
50,000
0
180,000
25,000
23,400
417
208
312
0
15,000
7,700
2,000
4,163
12,240
6,563
19,833
3,125
9,583
3,750
0
23,000
8,750
3,125
1,875
0
0

0
0
0
5,000
18,750
0
55,000
0
6,250
3,750
9,375
0
35,000
0
0
0
2,500
3,750
9,375
25,000
0
0
0
0
260
937
8,167
1,875
10,417
6,250
15,000
0
1,250
1,875
3,125
10,000
10,000

$ 0.10
0.50
4.25
4.25
20.25
2.50
23.75
4.25
4.25
13.30
20.25
5.50
23.75
0.10
0.50
2.50
4.25
13.30
20.25
23.75
0.75
2.50
0.75
4.25
6.00
4.25
13.80
13.30
17.99
20.25
23.75
4.25
4.25
13.30
20.25
23.75
27.36

9/13/2009
8/4/2010
10/18/2012
8/13/2013
7/28/2015
6/8/2011
6/8/2013
8/7/2012
8/13/2013
7/20/2014
7/28/2015
9/24/2011
6/8/2013
9/13/2009
6/9/2010
6/8/2011
8/13/2013
7/20/2014
7/28/2015
6/8/2013
4/6/2011
6/8/2011
4/6/2011
8/7/2012
9/5/2013
8/13/2013
2/13/2014
7/20/2014
4/22/2015
7/28/2015
6/8/2013
12/13/2012
8/13/2013
7/20/2014
7/28/2015
6/8/2013
10/20/2013

Stock Awards(2)

Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
that Have
Not Vested

Market Value
of Shares
or Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested

Date
Awards
Will be
Fully
Vested

7,500

$202,500

6/1/2009

3,750

101,250

6/1/2009

3,750

101,250

6/1/2009

2,250

60,750

6/1/2009

1,125

30,375

6/1/2009

(1) One-quarter (1/4th) of the shares underlying each of these options vest on the one year anniversary of the

vesting commencement date and 1⁄48 of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.

(2) Performance unit awards (otherwise commonly referred to as restricted stock units) vest at the rate of

25% per year, for four years, provided the recipient continues to provide us with service.

25

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The following table lists the options exercised by, and stock vested to, our Named Executive Officers in the

year ended December 31, 2006.

Name

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Exercise

Value
Realized on
Exercise(1)

Number
of Shares
Acquired
on Vesting

Value
Realized
Upon
Vesting(2)

Kevin P. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

2,500

$45,275

President and Chief Executive Officer

Ronald J. Santilli

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20,000

$ 437,611

1,250

22,638

Chief Financial Officer

David A. Gollnick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

151,563

3,245,315

1,250

22,638

Vice President Research and Development

John J. Connors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9,917

271,324

750

13,583

Vice President of North American Sales

Robert J. Shine, Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,000

120,167

375

6,791

Vice President of International

(1) Represents the excess of fair market value of the shares exercised on the exercise date over the aggregate

exercise price for such shares.

(2) These shares were originally issued by us pursuant to performance unit awards. On each vesting date, the

unit had a value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of vesting.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT(1)

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis
required by Item 402(b) of SEC Regulation S-K with management. Based on such review and discussions, the
Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and
Analysis be included in the registrant’s proxy statement on Schedule 14A.

From the members of the Compensation Committee of Cutera:

Dr. David B. Apfelberg
Mr. Jerry P. Widman
Ms. Annette J. Campbell-White

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

(1) The material in this report is not deemed soliciting material or filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after
the date of this Proxy Statement and irrespective of any general incorporation language in those filings.

26

OTHER MATTERS

We are not aware of any other business to be presented at the meeting. As of the date of this proxy
statement, no stockholder had advised us of the intent to present any business at the meeting. Accordingly, the
only business that our Board of Directors intends to present at the meeting is as set forth in this proxy statement.

If any other matter or matters are properly brought before the meeting, the proxies will use their discretion

to vote on such matters in accordance with their best judgment.

By order of the Board of Directors,

Brisbane, California
April 30, 2007

Kevin P. Connors
President and Chief Executive Officer

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

27

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
Commission file number: 000-50644

Cutera, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

77-0492262
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3240 Bayshore Blvd.
Brisbane, California 94005
(415) 657-5500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant

is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act. Yes ‘ No È

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the

Act. Yes ‘ No È

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period than the registrant was required to file
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes È No ‘

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See

definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

Large accelerated filer ‘ Accelerated filer È Non-accelerated filer ‘
Indicate by check mark whether

registrant

is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of

the Exchange

Act). Yes ‘ No È

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 (which
is the last business day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based upon the closing price of such stock on
the NASDAQ Global Market on that date, was $244 million. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by
entities and individuals who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock and shares of common stock held by each officer and
director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the Rules and
Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive.

The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of February 28, 2007 was 13,528,119.

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2007 Annual

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Meeting of Stockholders.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

3
18
29
29
29
29

30
31

32
44
45

75
75
76

77
77

77
77
77

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.

Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.

Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

78

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

2

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

PART I

We are a global medical device company specializing in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and
servicing of laser and other light-based aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide. We offer easy-to-use
products based on three platforms—CoolGlide®, Xeo® and Solera®—which enable dermatologists, plastic
surgeons, gynecologists, primary care physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe, effective and
non-invasive aesthetic procedures for their customers.

• CoolGlide- Our first product platform, CoolGlide, was launched in March 2000. This product offers
hair removal, treatment of a range of vascular lesions, including leg and facial veins, and laser genesis—
a non-ablative procedure to promote healthy looking skin, reduce pore size and improve skin texture.

• Xeo-

In 2003, we introduced the Xeo platform of products, which combine pulsed light and laser
applications in a single platform. The Xeo is a fully upgradeable platform on which a customer can use
every application that we offer, in order to perform such procedures as hair removal, skin rejuvenation,
vascular—and pigmented lesion therapies and wrinkle treatment.

•

Solera-
single technology platform.

In 2004, we introduced our Solera platform—a compact tabletop system designed to support a

O Solera Titan- The first technology available on the Solera platform was the Titan®, an infrared
heat lamp used for deep dermal heating to treat wrinkles. In 2006, we introduced two new
handpieces—Titan V and Titan XL—that improve the efficiency of the Titan procedures. Titan V
allows practitioners to effectively treat delicate areas such as the skin around the eyes and nose,
and the Titan XL designed for treating large body areas, such as arms, abdomens and legs.

O Solera Opus-

In 2005, we introduced a product called Solera Opus that offers applications for

hair removal, skin rejuvenation and treatment of facial vascular conditions.

In addition, in 2006, we also introduced a product called LimeLight™—a three-in-one hand piece for skin
rejuvenation, pigmented lesions and facial vascular lesions. LimeLight can be used with our Xeo or Solera
platforms.

Each of our products consists of one or more handpieces and a console that incorporates a universal graphic user
interface, a laser or other light-based module, control system software and high voltage electronics. We offer our
customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice. We design our products to allow our
customers to cost-effectively upgrade to our multi-application products, which enables them to add applications
to their aesthetic practice and provides us with a source of recurring revenue.

The Structure of Skin and Conditions that Affect Appearance

The skin is the body’s largest organ and is comprised of layers called the epidermis and dermis. The epidermis is
the outer layer, and serves as a protective barrier for the body. It contains cells that determine pigmentation, or
skin color. The underlying layer of skin, the dermis, contains hair follicles and large and small blood vessels that
are found at various depths below the epidermis. Collagen, also found within the dermis, provides strength and
flexibility to the skin.

Many factors, such as age, sun damage and the human body’s diminished ability to repair and renew itself over
time, can result in aesthetically unpleasant changes in the appearance of the skin. These changes can include
undesirable hair growth. Additionally, blood vessels can enlarge or swell due to circulatory changes and become
visible at the skin’s surface in the form of unsightly veins. Collagen can deteriorate, thereby weakening the skin,
leading to wrinkles and looseness. Long-term sun exposure can result in uneven pigmentation, or sun spots.
People with undesirable hair growth or the above mentioned skin conditions often seek aesthetic treatments to
improve their appearance.

3

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

The Market for Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures

The market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures has grown significantly over the past several years. The
American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that in 2005 there were 8.4 million minimally-invasive aesthetic
procedures performed, a 13% increase over 2004 and a 53% increase over 2000. We believe there are several
factors contributing to the growth of these aesthetic procedures, including:

•

•

Aging of the U.S. Population. The “baby boomer” demographic segment, ages 42 to 60 in calendar
2006, represented approximately 28% of the U.S. population in 2003. The size of this aging segment,
and its desire to retain a youthful appearance, has driven the growth for aesthetic procedures.

Broader Range of Safe and Effective Treatments. Technical developments have led to safe, effective,
easy-to-use and low-cost treatments with fewer side effects, resulting in broader adoption of aesthetic
procedures by practitioners. In addition, technical developments have enabled practitioners to offer a
broader range of treatments. Finally, these technical developments have reduced the required treatment
and recovery time, which in turn has led to greater patient demand.

• Changing Practitioner Economics. Managed care and government payer reimbursement restrictions in
the United States, and similar payment related constraints outside the United States, are motivating
practitioners to establish or expand their elective aesthetic practices with procedures that are paid for
directly by patients. As a result, in addition to the traditional users such as dermatologists and plastic
surgeons, other practitioners, such as gynecologists, primary care physicians and other practitioners, or
non-core customers, are performing these procedures.

Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures for Improving the Skin’s Appearance and Their Limitations

Many alternative therapies are available for improving a person’s appearance by treating specific structures
within the skin. These procedures utilize injections or abrasive agents to reach different depths of the dermis and
the epidermis. In addition, non-invasive treatments have been developed that employ laser and other light-based
technologies to achieve similar therapeutic results. Some of these more common therapies and their limitations
are described below.

Hair Removal- Techniques for hair removal include waxing, depilatories, tweezing, shaving, electrolysis and
laser and other light-based hair removal. The only techniques that provide a long-lasting solution are electrolysis
and light-based hair removal. Electrolysis is usually painful, time-consuming and expensive for large areas, but is
the most common method for removing light-colored hair. During electrolysis, an electrologist inserts a needle
directly into a hair follicle and activates an electric current in the needle. Since electrolysis only treats one hair
follicle at a time, the treatment of an area as small as an upper lip may require numerous visits and up to ten
hours of treatment. In addition, electrolysis can cause blemishes and infection related to needle use.

Leg and Facial Veins- The current aesthetic treatment methods for leg and facial veins include sclerotherapy
and light-based treatments. With these treatments, patients seek to eliminate visible veins and improve overall
skin appearance. Sclerotherapy requires a skilled practitioner to inject a saline or detergent-based solution into
the target vein, which breaks down the vessel causing it to collapse and be absorbed into the body. The need to
correctly position the needle on the inside of the vein makes it difficult to treat smaller veins, which limits the
treatment of facial vessels and small leg veins. The American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that its
members performed over 590,000 sclerotherapy procedures in 2005.

Skin Rejuvenation- Non-light-based skin rejuvenation treatments include a broad range of popular alternatives,
including Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels and microdermabrasions. With these treatments, patients
hope to improve overall skin tone and texture, reduce pore size, and remove other signs of aging, including
mottled pigmentation, diffuse redness and wrinkles. All of these procedures are temporary solutions and must be
repeated within several weeks or months to sustain their effect, thereby increasing the cost and inconvenience to
patients. For example, the body absorbs Botox and collagen and patients require supplemental injections every
three to six months to maintain the benefits of these treatments.

4

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Some skin rejuvenation treatments, such as chemical peels and microdermabrasions, can have undesirable side
effects. Chemical peels use acidic or caustic solutions to peel away the epidermis, and microdermabrasion
generally utilizes sand crystals to resurface the skin. These techniques can lead to post-procedure stinging,
redness, irritation and scabbing. In addition, more serious complications, such as changes in skin color, can result
from deeper chemical peels. Patients that undergo these deep chemical peels are also advised to avoid exposure
to the sun for several months following the procedure. The American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that
in 2005 its members administered 3.8 million injections of Botox and over 870,000 injections of collagen and
other soft-tissue fillers, and performed 1.0 million chemical peels and over 800,000 microdermabrasion
procedures.

Tissue Tightening and the Treatment of Wrinkles- Non-surgical techniques for treating wrinkles include
radiofrequency and light-based technologies. In radio-frequency tissue tightening energy is applied to heat the
dermis of the skin with the goal of shrinking and tightening the collagen fibers. This approach may result in a
more subtle and incremental change to the skin than a surgical facelift. Drawbacks to this approach may include
surface irregularities that can resolve over time, and the risk of burning the treatment area.

Laser and Other Light-Based Aesthetic Treatments

Laser and other light-based aesthetic treatments can achieve therapeutic results by non-invasively affecting
structures within the skin. The development of safe and effective aesthetic treatments has created a well-
established and growing market for these procedures.

Ablative skin resurfacing is a method of improving the appearance of the skin by removing the outer layers of the
skin. Non-ablative skin resurfacing is a method of improving the appearance of the skin by treating the
underlying structure of the skin without damaging the outer layers of the skin. Practitioners use laser and other
light-based technologies to selectively target hair follicles, veins or collagen in the dermis, as well as cells
responsible for pigmentation in the epidermis, without damaging surrounding tissue. Safe and effective laser and
other light-based treatments require an appropriate combination of the following four parameters:

•

•

•

Energy Level: the amount of light emitted to heat a target;

Pulse Duration: the time interval over which the energy is delivered;

Spot Size: the diameter of the energy beam, which affects treatment depth and area; and

• Wavelength: the color of light, which impacts the effective depth and absorption of the energy delivered.

For example, in the case of hair removal, by utilizing the correct combination of these parameters, a practitioner
can use a laser or other light source to selectively target melanin within the hair follicle to absorb the laser energy
and destroy the follicle, without damaging other delicate structures in the surrounding tissue. Wavelength and
spot size permit the practitioner to target melanin in the base of the hair follicle, which is found in the dermis.
The combination of pulse duration and energy level may vary, depending upon the thickness of the targeted hair
follicle. A shorter pulse length with a high energy level is optimal to destroy fine hair, whereas coarse hair is best
treated with a longer pulse length with lower energy levels. If treatment parameters are improperly set,
non-targeted structures within the skin may absorb the energy thereby eliminating or reducing the therapeutic
effect. In addition, improper setting of the treatment parameters or failure to protect the surface of the skin may
cause burns, which can result in blistering, scabbing and skin discoloration.

Our Products

Our unique CoolGlide, Xeo and Solera platforms provide the long-lasting benefits of laser and other light-based
aesthetic treatments. Our technology allows for a combination of a wide variety of applications available in a
single system. Key features of our solution include:

• Multiple Applications Available in a Single System. Our technology platforms enable practitioners to
perform multiple aesthetic procedures using a single device. These procedures include hair removal,

5

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

treatment of unsightly veins, skin rejuvenation, treatment of pigmented lesions and tissue tightening.
Because practitioners can use our systems for multiple indications, the cost of a unit may be spread
across a potentially greater number of patients and procedures, and therefore may be more rapidly
recovered.

•

Technology and Design Leadership. We offer innovative and advanced laser and other light-based
solutions for the aesthetic market. Our laser technology combines long wavelength, adjustable energy
levels, variable spot sizes and a wide range of pulse durations, allowing our users to customize
treatments for each patient and condition. Our proprietary pulsed light handpieces for the treatment of
pigmented lesions, hair removal and vascular treatments, optimize the wavelength used for treatments
and incorporate a monitoring system to increase safety. Our Titan handpieces utilize a novel light source
that had not been previously used for aesthetic treatments.

• Upgradeable Platform. We design our products to allow our customers to cost-effectively upgrade to
our multi-application systems, which provides our customers the option to add additional applications to
their existing systems and provides us with a source of recurring revenue. We believe that product
upgradeability is a competitive advantage because it allows our users to take advantage of our latest
product offerings and provide additional treatment options to their patients, thereby expanding the
opportunities for their aesthetic practices.

•

•

Treatments for Broad Range of Skin Types and Conditions. Our products remove hair safely and
effectively on patients of all skin types, including harder-to-treat patients with dark or tanned skin. In
addition, the wide parameter range of our systems allows practitioners to effectively treat patients with
both fine and coarse hair. Practitioners may also use our products to treat spider and reticular veins,
which are unsightly small veins in the leg, as well as small facial veins. The ability to customize
treatment parameters enables our customers to offer safe and effective therapy to a broad base of their
patients.

Ease of Use. We design our products to be easy to use. Our proprietary handpieces are lightweight and
ergonomic, minimizing user fatigue. Our control console contains a universal graphic user interface with
three simple,
independently adjustable controls from which to select a wide range of treatment
parameters to suit each patient’s profile. Our ClearView handpiece allows practitioners to view an area
as it is being treated, reducing the possibility of unintended damage to the skin and increasing the speed
of application. The Titan V handpiece has a treatment tip that extends beyond the handpiece housing to
give an unobstructed view of the skin’s surface, thus making it easier to treat delicate areas such as the
skin surrounding the eye and nose areas. In addition to increased visibility, the Titan XL handpiece has a
larger spot size than the original Titan, for treating large body areas, such as arms, abdomens and legs.
The clinical navigation user interface on the Xeo platform provides recommended clinical treatment
parameter ranges based on patient criteria entered.

Risks involved in the use of our products include risks common to laser and other light-based aesthetic
procedures, including the risk of burns, blistering and skin discoloration.

Strategy

Cutera’s mission is to maintain and expand its position as a leading, worldwide provider of light-based aesthetic
devices by:

• Continuing to Develop New Products. We have introduced at least one new product every year since
2000. In 2006, we introduced two new Titan handpieces—Titan V and Titan XL—added the LimeLight
pulsed light handpiece for treating veins and pigmented lesions, and introduced the Navigation feature
for the Xeo platform. We are continuing to develop our existing technology platforms and are
developing other platforms with the intent of expanding applications for our customers.

•

Increasing Sales of Existing Products in the United States. We believe that the U.S. market for
aesthetic systems is growing rapidly. As a result, in 2006 we expanded our U.S. direct sales force,

6

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

•

•

•

excluding management and customer relations,
additional sales representatives to take advantage of our growing U.S. market opportunity.

to 46 employees. We plan on continuing to hire

Expanding our International Presence. We believe that the international market continues to be a
significant growth opportunity for us. As such, we are focused on increasing our market penetration
overseas and building global brand-recognition. In 2006, we increased our direct international sales
force to 25 employees, from 18 employees as of December 31, 2005. In addition to direct sales
employees, in 2006 we expanded our distributor territories to over 30 countries. We plan on continuing
to hire additional international direct sales employees, distributors and support staff to increase sales and
strengthen customer relationships in the international markets.

Broadening our Customer Base. We believe we have an opportunity for significant growth targeting
non-traditional aesthetic practitioners. Dermatologists and plastic surgeons had generally been regarded
as the traditional customers for laser and other light-based aesthetic equipment. However, in the United
States, in 2006 and 2005, approximately 78% and 72%, respectively, of the number of our orders were
received from non-traditional aesthetic practitioners, which include gynecologists, primary care
physicians, physicians offering aesthetic treatments in a spa environment, and other qualified
practitioners.

Leveraging our Installed Base with Sales of Upgrades. Each time we have introduced a major new
product, we have designed it to allow existing customers to upgrade their previously purchased systems
to offer additional capabilities. We believe that providing upgrades to our existing installed base of
customers continues to represent a significant opportunity for recurring revenue. We also believe that
our upgrade program aligns our interest in generating revenue with our customers’ interest in improving
the return on their investment by expanding the range of applications they can perform.

• Generating Revenue from Services and Disposables. Our Titan product

includes a disposable
component, which provides us with a source of recurring revenue from our existing customers. Our
extended service contracts are also a source of recurring revenue. We will continue to focus our research
and development and our sales and marketing efforts on opportunities that can leverage our
relationships with our existing customers for additional revenue opportunities.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

7

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Products

Our CoolGlide, Xeo and Solera platforms allow for the delivery of multiple laser and other light-based aesthetic
applications from a single system. With our Xeo and Solera platforms, practitioners can purchase customized
systems with a variety of our multi-technology applications. The following table lists our products and each checked
box represents the incremental applications that were added to the respective platforms in the years noted.

Applications:

Technology:

Platforms

Products

CoolGlide CV

Xeo

Solera

Excel
Vantage

OPS 600
LP560
Titan S
Prowave
Accutip
Titan V & XL
LimeLight

Titan S
Prowave
OPS 600
LP560
Accutip
Titan V & XL
LimeLight

Year
Introduced

2000
2001
2002

2003
2004
2004
2005
2005
2006
2006

2004
2005
2005
2005
2005
2006
2006

Hair Removal

Vascular

Skin Rejuvenation

Skin
Tightening

Laser

Flashlamp

Laser

Flashlamp

Laser

Flashlamp

Infrared

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

Each of our products consists of a control console and one or more handpieces, depending on the model.

Control Console

Our control console includes a universal graphic user interface, control system software and high voltage
electronics. All CoolGlide systems, and some models of the Xeo platform, include our laser module which
consists of electronics, a visible aiming beam, a focusing lens and a flashlamp or an Nd:YAG laser that functions
at wavelengths that permit penetration over a wide range of depths and is effective across all skin types. The
interface allows the practitioner to set the appropriate laser or flashlamp parameters for each procedure through a
user-friendly format. The control system software ensures that
the operator’s instructions are properly
communicated from the graphic user interface to the other components within the system. Our high voltage
electronics produce over 10,000 watts of peak laser energy, which permits therapeutic effects at short pulse
durations. Our Solera console platform comes in two configurations—Opus and Titan—both of which include a
universal graphic user interface, control system software and high voltage electronics. The Solera Opus console
is designed specifically to drive our flashlamp handpiece while the Solera Titan console is designed specifically
to drive the Titan handpieces. The control system software is designed to ensure that the operator’s instructions
are properly communicated from the graphical user interface to the other components within the system and
includes real-time calibration to control the output energy as the pulse is being delivered during the treatment.

Handpieces

ClearView Handpiece- Our ClearView handpiece delivers laser energy to the treatment area for hair removal,
leg and facial vein treatment, and skin rejuvenation procedures. The ClearView handpiece consists of an energy-

8

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

delivery component, consisting of an optical fiber and lens, and a copper cooling plate with imbedded
temperature monitoring. The handpiece weighs approximately 14 ounces, which is light enough to be held with
one hand. The lightweight nature and ergonomic design of the handpiece allows the operation of the device
without user fatigue. Its design allows the practitioner an unobstructed view of the treatment area, which reduces
the possibility of unintended damage to the skin and can increase the speed of treatment. The ClearView
handpiece also incorporates our cooling system, providing integrated pre and post cooling of the treatment area
through a temperature-controlled copper plate to protect the outer layer of the skin. The handpiece is available in
either a fixed 10 millimeter spot size, for our CoolGlide CV, or a user-controlled variable 3, 5, 7 or 10 millimeter
spot size, for our other models.

Pulsed Light Handpieces- The OPS600, LP560, ProWave 770, AcuTip 500 and LimeLight handpieces are
designed to produce a pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum to treat pigmented lesions, such as age and sun
spots, hair removal and superficial facial vessels. The handpieces each consist of a custom flashlamp, proprietary
wavelength filter, closed-loop power control and embedded temperature monitor, and weigh approximately 13
ounces. The filter in the OPS600 and AcuTip 500 eliminates long and short wavelengths, transmitting only the
therapeutic range required for safe and effective treatment. The filter in the LP560 and ProWave 770 eliminates
the
short wavelengths, allowing longer wavelengths to be transmitted to the treatment area. In addition,
wavelength spectrum of the ProWave 770 and the LimeLight can be shifted based on the setting of the control
console. Our power control includes a monitoring system to ensure that the desired energy level is delivered. The
handpieces protect the epidermis by regulating the temperature of the handpiece window through the embedded
temperature monitor. These handpieces are available on the Xeo and Solera Opus platforms.

Titan Handpieces- The Titan handpieces are designed to produce a sustained pulse of light over a wavelength
spectrum tailored to provide heating in the dermis to treat wrinkles (although it is cleared in the United States by
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, only for deep dermal heating). The handpiece consists of a
custom light source, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control, sapphire cooling window and
embedded temperature monitor, and weighs approximately three pounds. The temperature of the epidermis is
controlled by using a sapphire window to provide cooling before, during and after the delivery of energy to the
treatment site. We offer three different Titan handpieces—Titan S, Titan V and Titan XL.

Titan S:

the standard Titan handpiece

Titan V:
skin’s surface to effectively treat delicate areas such as the skin around the eyes and nose

has a treatment tip that extends beyond the handpiece housing to provide enhanced visibility of the

Titan XL:
spot size to more quickly treat larger body areas such as the arms and legs.

like the Titan V, extends beyond the housing for improved visibility. It also has a larger treatment

The Titan handpieces can be used on the Xeo and Solera platforms. The Titan handpiece requires a periodic
“refilling” process, which includes the replacement of the optical source, after a set number of pulses have been
used.

Cutera Applications and Procedures

Our products are designed to allow the practitioner to select an appropriate combination of energy level, spot size
and pulse duration. The ability to manipulate the combinations of these parameters allows our customers to treat
the broadest range of conditions available with a single light-based system.

Hair Removal- Our laser technology allows our customers to treat all skin types and hair thicknesses. Our
Nd:YAG laser permits energy to safely penetrate through the epidermis of any skin type and into the dermis
where the hair follicle is located. Using the universal graphic user interface on our control console, the
practitioner sets parameters to deliver therapeutic energy with a large spot size and variable pulse durations,
allowing the practitioner to treat fine or coarse hair. Both our ClearView handpiece and our ProWave 770

9

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

handpiece, with its pulsed light technology, allow our customers to treat all skin types quickly and effectively.
Using the interface, the practitioner selects the appropriate mode and fluence to achieve the desired result.

To remove hair, the treatment site on the skin is first cleaned and shaved. Using the ClearView handpiece, the
practitioner applies a thin layer of gel to glide across the skin. The practitioner next applies the ClearView
handpiece directly to the skin to cool the area to be treated and then delivers a laser pulse to the pre-cooled area.
For the ProWave 770 handpiece, mineral oil is used instead of gel, and cooling is provided by a sapphire window
placed directly on the skin, allowing the pulse of light to be applied while the treatment area is being cooled. In
the case of both handpieces, delivery of the energy destroys the hair follicles and prevents hair regrowth. This
procedure is then repeated at the next treatment site on the body, and can be done in a gliding motion to increase
treatment speed. Patients receive on average three to six treatments. Each treatment can take between five
minutes and one hour depending on the size of the area and the condition being treated. On average, there are six
to eight weeks between treatments.

Leg and Facial Veins- Our laser technology allows our customers to treat the widest range of aesthetic vein
conditions, including spider and reticular veins and small facial veins. Our ClearView handpiece’s adjustable
spot size of 3, 5, 7 or 10 millimeters allows the practitioner to control treatment depth to target different sized
veins. Selection of the appropriate energy level and pulse duration ensures effective treatment of the intended
target. Our AcuTip 500 handpiece, with its 6 millimeter spot size, is designed for the treatment of facial vessels.

The vein treatment procedure is performed in a substantially similar manner to the hair removal procedure. In
addition to pre-cooling the area to be treated using the ClearView handpiece, the handpiece is also used to cool
the treatment area after the practitioner applies the laser pulse. With the AcuTip 500, the pulse of light is
delivered while the treatment area is being cooled with the sapphire tip. The delivered energy damages the vein
and, over time, it is absorbed by the body. Patients receive on average between one and six treatments, with six
weeks or longer between treatments.

Skin Rejuvenation- Our laser technology allows our customers to perform non-invasive treatments that
improve facial skin tone and texture by reducing redness and pore size, and treating other aesthetic conditions.
Our products deliver a combination of high laser energy and a very short pulse duration to affect the desired
target, minimizing risk of damage to the surrounding tissue.

To perform a skin rejuvenation procedure, cooling is not applied and the handpiece is held directly above the
skin. A large number of pulses are directed at the treatment site, repeatedly covering an area, such as the cheek.
By delivering many pulses of laser light to a treatment area, a gentle heating of the dermis occurs and collagen
growth is stimulated to rejuvenate the skin and reduce wrinkles. Patients typically receive four to six treatments
for this procedure. The treatment typically takes less than a half hour and there are typically two to four weeks
between treatments.

Pigmented Lesions- Our flashlamp technology allows our customers to safely and effectively treat pigmented
lesions, such as age spots and sun spots. The practitioner delivers a narrow spectrum of light to the surface of the
skin through our OPS600, LP560 or LimeLight pulsed-light handpieces. These handpieces include one of our
proprietary wavelength filters, which reduce the energy level required for therapeutic effect and minimize the
risk of skin injury.

In treating pigmented lesions, the handpiece is placed directly on the skin and then the light pulse is triggered.
The cells forming the pigmented lesion absorb the light energy and will darken and then flake off over the course
of two to three weeks. Several treatments may be required to completely remove the lesion. The treatment takes a
few minutes per area treated and there are typically three to four weeks between treatments.

Tissue Tightening- Our Titan technology allows our customers to use deep dermal heating to tighten lax skin.
The practitioner delivers a spectrum of light to the skin through our Titan handpiece. This handpiece includes our

10

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

proprietary light source and wavelength filter which tailors the delivered spectrum of light to provide heating at
the desired depth in the skin.

In treating skin laxity, the handpiece is placed directly on the skin and then the light pulse is triggered. A
sustained pulse causes significant heating in the dermis. This heating can cause immediate collagen contraction
while also stimulating long-term collagen regrowth. Several treatments may be required to obtain the desired
degree of tightening of the skin. The treatment of a full face can take over an hour and there are typically four
weeks between treatments.

Our CE Mark allows us to promote the Titan in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside
the United States for the treatment of wrinkles through skin tightening. However, in the United States we have a
510(k) clearance for only deep dermal heating. We continue to work with physicians and other experts in the
medical aesthetic market to gather additional data on the clinical effectiveness of Titan.

Product Upgrades

Our products are designed to allow our customers to cost-effectively upgrade to our newest technologies, which
provides our customers the option to add applications to their Cutera system and provides us with a source of
recurring revenue. When we introduce a new product, we notify our customers of the upgrade opportunity
through a sales call or mailing. In most cases, a field service representative can install the upgrade at the
customer site in a matter of hours, which results in very little downtime for practitioners. In a few cases, where
substantial upgrades are necessary, the customer will receive a fully-refurbished system before sending their
prior system back to our headquarters.

Sales and Marketing

In the United States, we market and sell our products primarily through a direct sales force of 46 employees as of
December 31, 2006. In addition, we have a distribution relationship with PSS World Medical Shared Services,
Inc., or PSS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PSS World Medical, that operates medical supply distribution service
centers with over 700 sales representatives serving physician offices throughout the United States. For the years
ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, revenue from PSS accounted for 15%, 16% and 12%, respectively, of
our total revenue.

International sales are generally made through a direct sales force of 25 employees as of December 31, 2006, as
well as independent sales representatives and distributors in over 30 countries worldwide. We have direct sales
offices located in Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Our
international revenue represented 31%, 28% and 34% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004, respectively.

We also sell certain items like Titan handpiece refills and marketing brochures via the web.

Although specific customer requirements can vary depending on applications, customers generally demand
quality performance, ease of use, and high productivity in relation to the cost of ownership. We have responded
to these customer demands by introducing new products focused on these requirements in the markets we serve.
Specifically, we believe that we differentiate our products from those of our competitors, by introducing new
products and applications that are innovative, address the specific aesthetic procedures in demand, and are
upgradeable on our customers’ existing systems. In addition, we provide attractive upgrade pricing to new
product families, as and when they are introduced and are responsive to our customer’s financing preferences. To
increase market penetration, in addition to marketing to our historic customer base of plastic surgeons and
dermatologists, we remain focused on selling to the non-core aesthetic practices consisting of gynecologists,
primary care physicians, physicians offering aesthetic treatments in a spa environment and other qualified
practitioners.

11

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

We seek to establish strong ongoing relationships with our customers through the upgradeability of our products,
sales of extended service contracts, the refilling of Titan handpieces, and ongoing training and support. We
primarily target our marketing efforts to practitioners through office visits, workshops, trade shows, webinars and
trade journals. We also market to potential patients through brochures, workshops and our website. We offer
clinical forums with recognized expert panelists to promote advanced treatment techniques using the CoolGlide,
Xeo and Solera platforms to further enhance customer loyalty and uncover new sales opportunities.

Competition

Our industry is subject to intense competition. Our products compete against conventional non-light-based
treatments, such as electrolysis, Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasion and
sclerotherapy. Our products also compete against
laser and other light-based products offered by public
companies, such as Candela, Cynosure, Elen (in Italy), Iridex, Palomar Medical Technologies, Syneron and
Thermage, as well as other private companies, including, Alma, Aesthera, Lumenis, Reliant, Sciton and several
other smaller companies.

Competition among providers of laser and other light-based devices for the aesthetic market is characterized by
extensive research efforts and technology progress. While we attempt to protect our products through patents and
other intellectual property rights, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing
competitors from developing products that would compete directly with ours. There are many companies, both
public and private, that are developing innovative devices that use both light-based and alternative technologies.
Many of these competitors have greater financial and human resources than we do and have established
reputations, as well as international distribution channels that are more effective than ours. Additional
competitors may enter the market, and we are likely to compete with new companies in the future. To compete
effectively, we have to demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments
by differentiating our products on the basis of performance, brand name, reputation and price. We have
encountered and expect to continue to encounter potential customers who, due to existing relationships with our
competitors, are committed to, or prefer the products offered by these competitors. Competitive pressures may
result in price reductions and reduced margins over time for our products.

Research and Development

Our research and development group develops new products to address unmet or underserved market needs. The
major focus of this group is to leverage our existing technology platforms for new aesthetic applications. As of
December 31, 2006, our research and development activities were conducted by a staff of 19 employees with a
broad base of experience in lasers and optoelectronics. We have developed relationships with outside contract
engineering and design consultants, giving our team additional technical and creative breadth. We work closely
with thought leaders and customers, both individually and through our sponsored seminars, to understand unmet
needs and emerging applications in aesthetic medicine. Research and development expenses for 2006, 2005 and
2004, were $6.5 million, $5.4 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

Services and Support

Our products are engineered to enable quick and efficient service and support. There are several separate
components of our products, each of which can easily be removed and replaced. We believe that quick and
effective delivery of service is important to our customers. As of December 31, 2006, we had a 34-person global
service department. Internationally, we provide direct service support through our Australia, France, Germany,
Japan, and Switzerland offices, and also through the network of distributors in over 30 countries and third-party
service providers. We provide initial warranties on our products to cover parts and service and offer extended
warranty packages that vary by the type of product and the level of service desired. Our base warranty on system
sales covers parts and service for a standard period of one year. From time to time, we also have promotions
whereby we include a two year warranty with the sale of our products. Customers are notified before their initial

12

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

warranty expires and are able to choose from two different extended service plans covering preventative
maintenance and replacement parts and labor. One plan allows the customer to pay only for time and materials at
a reduced rate and a second provides yearly preventative maintenance for a fixed fee. In the event one of our
customers declines an additional warranty, we will continue to service our products and charge customers for
time and materials. We have invested substantial financial and management resources to develop an international
infrastructure to meet the needs of our customers worldwide.

Manufacturing

We manufacture our products with components and subassemblies supplied by vendors. We assemble and test
each of our products at our Brisbane, California facility. Quality control, cost reduction and inventory
management are top priorities of our manufacturing operations.

We purchase certain components and subassemblies from a limited number of suppliers. We have flexibility with
our suppliers to adjust the number of components and subassemblies as well as the delivery schedules. The
forecasts we use are based on historical demands and sales projections. Lead times for components and
subassemblies may vary significantly depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the
components or subassemblies, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the components and
subassemblies. We reduce the potential for disruption of supply by maintaining sufficient inventories and
identifying additional suppliers. The time required to qualify new suppliers for some components, or to redesign
them, could cause delays in our manufacturing. To date, we have not experienced significant delays in obtaining
any of our components or subassemblies.

We use small quantities of common cleaning products in our manufacturing operations, which are lawfully
disposed of through a normal waste management program. We do not forecast any material costs due to
compliance with environmental laws or regulations.

We are required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR.
The QSR covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality
assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic
unannounced inspections. Our single manufacturing facility located in Brisbane, CA, was inspected by the FDA
in 2004 and 2005. There were no significant findings as a result of these audits and our responses have been
accepted by the FDA. We are scheduled to have another inspection in March 2007. Our failure to maintain
compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut down of our manufacturing operations and the
recall of our products, which would have a material adverse effect on business. In the event that on of our
suppliers fails to maintain compliance with our quality requirements, we may have to qualify a new supplier and
could experience manufacturing delays as a result. We have opted to maintain quality assurance and quality
management certifications to enable us to market our products in the United States, the member states of the
European Union,
the European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into Mutual
Recognition Agreements with the European Union. Our manufacturing facility is ISO 9001 and ISO 13485
certified.

Patents and Proprietary Technology

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, non-disclosure, confidentiality
and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of December 31, 2006, we
had seven issued U.S. patents and 21 pending U.S. patent applications. Cutera, CoolGlide, Xeo, Titan, Solera
Opus, Prowave 770 and AcuTip are only some of our trademarks. We have trademark rights in these and others
trademarks in the United States and have registrations issued and pending in the United States and other
countries for these and others of our trademarks. We intend to file for additional patents and trademarks to
continue to strengthen our intellectual property rights.

13

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

In conjunction with the settlement of our patent litigation with Palomar and Massachusetts General Hospital, or
MGH, in June 2006, Palomar—the exclusive licensee of the patents owned by MGH—granted us an irrevocable
sublicense to the patents for removing hair using lasers or pulsed-light technology. The patents are set to expire
in February 2015. The royalty rate for hair-removal-only systems is 7.5% of net revenue and for multi-
application systems containing hair-removal functionality it is either 3.75% or 5.25% of net revenue, depending
on whether there is one or more hair removal technologies included in the system, respectively. Our revenue
from systems that do not include hair-removal capabilities (such as our Titan) and revenue from service contracts
are not subject to royalties.

Our employees and technical consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with
their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us
all inventions conceived in connection with the relationship. We cannot provide any assurance that employees
and consultants will abide by the confidentiality or assignability terms of their agreements. Despite measures
taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may copy aspects of our products or obtain and
use information that we regard as proprietary.

Government Regulation

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, as well as other regulatory bodies. FDA regulations govern the following activities that we
perform and will continue to perform to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported
internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

product design and development;

product testing;

product manufacturing;

product safety;

product labeling;

product storage;

recordkeeping;

pre-market clearance or approval;

advertising and promotion;

production; and

product sales and distribution.

FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will
require either prior 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices
into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose lower risks are placed in either class I or II, which requires the
manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-market notification requesting permission to commercially distribute
the device. This process is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are exempted from this
requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or
implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are
placed in class III, requiring pre-market approval. All of our current products are class II devices.

510(k) Clearance Pathway

When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that our proposed
device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial

14

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of Pre-Market
Approval, or PMA. applications, By regulation, the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k), pre-market
notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a practical matter, clearance often takes
significantly longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination
regarding substantial equivalence.

Laser devices used for aesthetic procedures, such as hair removal, have generally qualified for clearance under
510(k) procedures. We received FDA clearance to market our products for the treatment of vascular lesions in
June 1999, for hair removal in March 2000, and for permanent hair reduction in January 2001. In addition, in
June 2002, we received FDA clearance to market our products for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions, for
the treatment of pseudofolliculitis barbae, commonly referred to as razor bumps, and for the reduction of red
pigmentation in scars. In October 2002, we received FDA clearance to market our products for the treatment of
wrinkles, which we have utilized to market our products for skin rejuvenation. In March 2003, we received FDA
clearance to market our pulsed-light handpiece for the treatment of pigmented lesions.

In February 2004, we received FDA clearance to market our infrared Titan handpiece for deep dermal heating for
the temporary relief of minor muscle and joint pain and for the temporary increase in local circulation where
applied. In October 2004, we received FDA clearance to market our Titan tabletop console for use with the Titan
handpiece. In January 2005, we received FDA clearance to market our Solera tabletop console for use with our
pulsed-light handpieces. In March 2005, we received FDA clearance to market our pulsed light handpieces for
hair removal and vascular treatments. In May 2005, the FDA determined that our 510(k) application with respect
to marketing our Titan product in the United States for wrinkle reduction was not substantially equivalent to
predicate devices for the treatment of wrinkles. We continue to evaluate opportunities for future submissions to
the FDA to expand our marketing claims.

Pre-Market Approval (PMA) Pathway

A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA must
be supported by extensive data, including but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing
and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device.

No device that we have developed has required pre-market approval, nor do we currently expect that any future
device or indication will require pre-market approval.

Product Modifications

We have modified aspects of our products since receiving regulatory clearance, but we believe that new 510(k)
clearances are not required for these modifications. After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a PMA, any
modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in
its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this
determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s
determination. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, the FDA
may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval. The FDA could also require us to
cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval
is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Clinical Trials

When FDA approval of a class I, class II or class III device requires human clinical trials, and if the device
presents a “significant risk,” as defined by the FDA, to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an
Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to
commencing the human clinical trial. If the device is considered a “non-significant” risk, IDE submission to the

15

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the Institutional Review Board, or IRB, overseeing the clinical
trial is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in connection with approval of class III devices
and may be required for class I and II devices. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such
as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing
protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of
patients. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the application is reviewed and cleared by the
FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. Future clinical trials of our products
may require that we submit and obtain clearance of an IDE from the FDA prior to commencing clinical trials.
The FDA, and the IRB at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed, may suspend a clinical trial
at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health
risk.

Our clinical department continues to work with physicians and other experts in the medical aesthetic market to
gather additional data that may provide the basis for physician-authored white papers, the promotion of our
existing products, or seeking the approval for additional indications on our existing and any future products.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

•

•

quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow
stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all
aspects of the manufacturing process;

labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved
or “off-label” uses;

• medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device
may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely
cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and

•

post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to
provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections
by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS, to
determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the
manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. In the past, our prior facility has been inspected, and observations
were noted. There were no findings that involved a material violation of regulatory requirements. Our responses
to these observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS, and we believe that we are in substantial
compliance with the QSR. Our current manufacturing facility has been inspected by the FDA but not by the
CDHS. The FDA noted observations, but there were no findings that involved a material violation of regulatory
requirements. Our responses to those observations have been accepted by the FDA.

We are also regulated under the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act, which requires laser products to
comply with performance standards, including design and operation requirements, and manufacturers to certify
in product labeling and in reports to the FDA that their products comply with all such standards. The law also
requires laser manufacturers to file new product and annual reports, maintain manufacturing, testing and sales
records, and report product defects. Various warning labels must be affixed and certain protective devices
installed, depending on the class of the product.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which
may include any of the following sanctions:

• warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

•

repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products;

16

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

•

•

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses,
or modifications to existing products;

• withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

•

criminal prosecution.

The FDA also has the authority to require us to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device that we
have manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect
on our business.

We are also subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those related to the
environment, health and safety, land use and quality assurance. We believe that compliance with these laws and
regulations as currently in effect will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings and
competitive and financial position.

International

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially
from country to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or
shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.

The primary regulatory environment in Europe is that of the European Union, which consists of twenty-five
countries encompassing most of the major countries in Europe. Three member states of the European Free Trade
Association have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect
to medical devices. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements and
allow the marketing of medical devices that meet European Union requirements. The European Union has
adopted numerous directives and European Standardization Committees have promulgated voluntary standards
regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices.
Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking,
indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly,
can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, the member states of the
European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement. The
method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a
combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a Notified Body, an
independent and neutral institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party
assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the
manufacturer’s device. An assessment by a Notified Body in one member state of the European Union, the
European Free Trade Association or one country which has entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement is
required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. ISO 9001
and ISO 13845 certification are voluntary harmonized standards. Compliance establishes the presumption of
conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking. In February 2000, our facility was awarded the
ISO 9001 and EN 46001 certification. In March 2003, we received our ISO 9001 updated certification (ISO
9001:2000) as well as our certification for ISO 13485:1996 which replaced our EN 46001 certification. In March
2004, we received our ISO 13485:2003 certification, which is the most current ISO certification for medical
device companies.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, we had 221 employees, of which 99 were in sales and marketing, 45 in manufacturing
operations, 34 in technical service, 19 in research and development and 24 in general and administrative. We
believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified
personnel. None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we believe our employee relations are
good.

17

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Available Information

We are subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, we are
required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including reports
on the following forms: annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on
Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. These reports and other information concerning the company may be accessed through
the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov and our website at http://www.cutera.com. Such filings are placed on
our website as soon as reasonably possible after they are filed with the SEC.

Our most recent charter for our Audit and Compensation Committees and our Code of Ethics are available on our
website at http://www.cutera.com. In the event that we grant a waiver under our Code of Ethics to any of our
officers and directors we will publish it on our website.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We compete against companies that have longer operating histories, more established products and greater
resources, which may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration or increased operating results.

Our products compete against similar products offered by public companies, such as Candela, Cynosure, Elen (in
Italy), Iridex, Palomar, Syneron and Thermage, as well as private companies such as Alma, Aesthera, Lumenis,
Reliant Technologies, Sciton and several other smaller companies. Competition with these companies could
result in price-cutting, reduced profit margins and loss of market share, any of which would harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations. We also face competition from medical products, such as Botox, an
injectable compound used to reduce wrinkles, and collagen injections. Other alternatives to the use of our
products include sclerotherapy, a procedure involving the injection of a solution into the vein to collapse it,
electrolysis, a procedure involving the application of electric current to eliminate hair follicles, and chemical
peels. We may also face competition from manufacturers of pharmaceutical and other products that have not yet
been developed. Our ability to compete effectively depends upon our ability to distinguish our company and our
products from our competitors and their products, and includes such factors as:

•

•

•

•

•

•

intellectual property protection;

product performance;

product pricing;

quality of customer support;

success and timing of new product development and introductions; and

development of successful distribution channels, both domestically and internationally.

Some of our competitors have more established products and customer relationships than we do, which could
inhibit our market penetration efforts. For example, we have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter,
situations where, due to pre-existing relationships, potential customers decided to purchase additional products
from our competitors. Potential customers also may need to recoup the cost of expensive products that they have
already purchased from our competitors and may decide not to purchase our products, or to delay such purchases.
If we are unable to achieve continued market penetration, we will be unable to compete effectively and our
business will be harmed.

In addition, some of our current and potential competitors have significantly greater financial, research and
development, manufacturing, and sales and marketing resources than we have. Our competitors could utilize
their greater financial resources to acquire other companies to gain enhanced name recognition and market share,
as well as new technologies or products that could effectively compete with our existing product lines. For
example, ESC Medical purchased Coherent’s medical business in 2001 and the surviving company, Lumenis,

18

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

incorporated competitive product lines and technologies of the predecessor companies into its current products.
Given the relatively few competitors currently in the market, any business combination could exacerbate any
existing competitive pressures, which could harm our business.

Competition among providers of laser and other energy-based devices for the aesthetic market is characterized
by rapid innovation, and we must continuously develop new products or our revenue may decline.

While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property, there are few barriers to
entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly
with ours. For example, while our CoolGlide product was the first long-pulse Nd:YAG, or long wavelength, laser
system cleared by the FDA for permanent hair reduction on all skin types, competitors have subsequently
introduced systems that utilize Nd:YAG lasers, and received FDA clearances to market these products as treating
that any competitive advantage we may enjoy from other current and future
all skin types. We expect
innovations, such as combining multiple handpieces in a single system to perform a variety of applications, may
diminish over time, as companies successfully respond to our, or create their own, innovations. Consequently, we
believe that we will have to continuously innovate and improve our products and technology to compete
successfully. If we are unable to innovate successfully, our products could become obsolete and our revenue will
decline as our customers purchase our competitors’ products.

Our ability to compete depends upon our ability to innovate, to develop and commercialize new products and
product enhancements, and to identify new markets for our technology.

We have created products to apply our technology to hair removal, treatment of veins, skin rejuvenation,
treatment of pigmented lesions and treatment of wrinkles. Currently, these applications represent the majority of
laser and other energy-based aesthetic procedures. To be successful in the future, we must develop new and
innovative aesthetic applications, identify new markets for our existing technology, and develop new technology
from various platforms. To successfully expand our product offerings, we must:

•

•

•

•

•

•

develop or acquire new products that either add to or significantly improve our current products;

convince our target customers that our new products or product upgrades would be an attractive
revenue-generating addition to their practices;

sell our products to a broad customer base;

identify new markets and alternative applications for our technology;

protect our existing and future products with defensible intellectual property; and

satisfy and maintain all regulatory requirements for commercialization.

Every year since 2000, we have introduced at least one new product and a corresponding upgrade to our existing
products. Historically, these introductions have been a significant component of our financial performance. Our
business strategy is based, in part, on our expectation that we will continue to make annual product introductions
that we can sell to new customers and to existing customers as upgrades. For the year ending December 31, 2006,
we invested $6.5 million or 6% of net revenue, in our research and development department. Even with a
significant investment in research and development, we may be unable, however, to continue to develop new
products and technologies annually, or at all, which could adversely affect our projected growth rate.

If there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our
products could be inhibited, resulting in unfavorable operating results and reduced growth potential.

Continued expansion of the global market for laser- and other energy-based aesthetic procedures is a material
assumption of our growth strategy. Most procedures performed using our products are elective procedures not
reimbursable through government or private health insurance, with the costs borne by the patient. The decision to
utilize our products may therefore be influenced by a number of factors, including:

•

the cost of procedures performed using our products;

19

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

•

•

•

the cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based
upon laser- or other energy-based technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products;

the success of our sales and marketing efforts; and

consumer confidence, which may be impacted by economic and political conditions.

If, as a result of these factors, there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products,
practitioner demand for our products could be reduced, resulting in unfavorable operating results and lower
growth potential.

If PSS World Medical fails to perform to our expectations, we may fail to achieve anticipated operating
results.

We have a distribution agreement with PSS World Medical Shared Services, Inc., or PSS, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of PSS World Medical. PSS sales representatives work in coordination with our sales force to locate
new potential customers for our products throughout the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2006
approximately 15% of our revenue came from PSS.

If PSS does not perform adequately under the arrangement, or terminates our relationship, it may have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or future cash flows.

If our public guidance or our future operating performance does not meet investor expectations, our stock
price could decline.

We provide guidance to the investing community regarding our anticipated future operating performance, both
for the coming quarter and fiscal year. Our business typically has a short sales cycle, we do not have significant
backlog of orders at the start of a quarter, and our ability to sell our products successfully is subject to many
uncertainties, as discussed herein. In light of those factors, it is difficult for us to estimate with accuracy our
future results. In the past, our actual performance had turned out to be significantly different from our prior
guidance. For example, at the beginning of 2006, we indicated that we expected our 2006 revenue to increase by
25%, compared with 2005. Actual 2006 growth, compared with 2005, was higher, at 33%. As we stated at the
time, such expectations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties which could make actual results differ
materially, either higher or lower. On January 31, 2007, we guided that our 2007 revenue is expected to increase
by 25%, compared with 2006. If our actual results do not meet our public guidance, or our results or guidance as
to the future were to be below the expectations of third party financial analysts, our stock price could decline
significantly.

The price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially.

The public market price of our common stock has in the past fluctuated substantially and may do so in the future.
The market price for our common stock will be affected by a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

quarterly variations in our, or our competitors,’ results of operations;

changes in earnings estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our
failure to achieve analysts’ earning estimates;

the announcement of new products or service enhancements by us or our competitors;

regulatory developments or delays concerning our, or our competitors’, products;

the initiation of litigation by us or one of our competitors; and

general market conditions and other factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating
performance of our competitors.

Actual or perceived instability in our stock price could reduce demand from potential buyers of our stock,
thereby causing our stock price to decline.

20

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

We may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact our future business
and financial performance.

We settled our patent litigation with Palomar in June 2006- see Item 3 – “Legal Proceedings.” As with that case,
our competitors or other patent holders may assert that our present or future planned products and the methods
we employ are covered by their patents. In addition, we do not know whether our competitors will apply for and
obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products.
Although we may seek to resolve any potential future claims or actions, we may not be able to do so on
reasonable terms, or at all. If, following a successful third-party action for infringement, we cannot obtain a
license or redesign our products, we may have to stop manufacturing and marketing our products and our
business would suffer as a result.

We may become involved in litigation not only as a result of alleged infringement of a third party’s intellectual
property rights but also to protect our own intellectual property. For example, we have been, and may hereafter
become, involved in litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with our company name or the names of
our products. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and
time-consuming to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from our core business. We do not know
whether necessary licenses would be available to us on satisfactory terms, or whether we could redesign our
products or processes to avoid infringement. If we lose this kind of litigation, a court could require us to pay
substantial damages, and prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, any of which would have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection for some or all of our products, which may
permit third parties to compete against us more effectively.

We rely on patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements to protect our
technology and products. At December 31, 2006, we had seven issued U.S. patents. Some of our other
components, such as our laser module, electronic control system and high-voltage electronics, are not, and in the
future may not be, protected by patents. Additionally, our patent applications may not issue as patents or, if
issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Any patents we obtain may be challenged,
invalidated or legally circumvented by third parties. Consequently, competitors could market products and use
manufacturing processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours. We may not be able to prevent the
unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants, vendors, former
employees or current employees, despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other
contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and
we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. Moreover,
the laws of many foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws
of the United States.

The absence of complete intellectual property protection exposes us to a greater risk of direct competition.
Competitors could purchase one of our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive
advantages we derive from our development efforts, design around our protected technology, or develop their
own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is
not adequately protected against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely
affected, as could our business.

If we fail to obtain clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to market our Titan product for
additional indications, our revenue from this product may be adversely affected.

Our Titan product, introduced in 2004, is a material component of our growth strategy. We currently have FDA
clearance to market Titan in the United States for deep dermal heating. The FDA has denied our initial 510(k)
application to market Titan for wrinkle reduction on the basis that Titan is not substantially equivalent to
predicate devices for the treatment of wrinkles. We cannot promote or advertise our Titan product in the United

21

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

States for any indications other than deep dermal heating until we receive additional FDA clearances, but there
are no assurances as to when, or whether, we will ever obtain such clearances. In the event that we do not obtain
additional FDA clearances, our ability to market Titan in the United States and revenue derived therefrom,
including revenue from both Titan unit sales and handpiece refills, may be adversely affected.

If we fail to obtain or maintain necessary FDA clearances for our products and indications, if clearances for
future products and indications are delayed or not issued, or if there are federal or state level regulatory
changes, our commercial operations would be harmed.

Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the United States by the FDA for
manufacturing, labeling, sale, promotion, distribution and shipping. Before a new medical device, or a new use of
or labeling claim for an existing product, can be marketed in the United States, it must first receive either 510(k)
clearance or pre-marketing approval from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. Either process can be expensive
and lengthy. In the event that we do not obtain FDA clearances or approvals for our products, our ability to
market and sell them in the United States and revenue derived therefrom may be adversely affected. For
example, we filed a regulatory submission with the FDA in December 2006 for a new 2790 nm wave-length
the FDA issues a clearance or
based laser technology for skin rejuvenation. However, unless and until
pre-marketing approval for that product, we will not be able to market or sell it in the United States.

Medical devices may be marketed only for the indications for which they are approved or cleared and if we are
found to be marketing our products for off-label, or non-approved, uses we might be subject to FDA enforcement
action or have other resulting liability. We have obtained 510(k) clearance for the indications for which we
market our products. However, our clearances can be revoked if safety or effectiveness problems develop. We
also are subject to Medical Device Reporting regulations, which require us to report to the FDA if our products
cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, or malfunction in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a
death or serious injury. Our products are also subject to state regulations, which are, in many instances, in flux.
Changes in state regulations may impede sales. For example, federal regulations allow our products to be sold to,
or on the order of, “licensed practitioners,” as determined on a state-by-state basis. As a result, in some states,
non-physicians may legally purchase our products. However, a state could change its regulations at any time,
thereby disallowing sales to particular types of end users. We cannot predict the impact or effect of future
legislation or regulations at the federal or state levels.

The FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory
requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the
following sanctions:

• warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

•

•

•

repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses,
or modifications to existing products;

• withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

•

criminal prosecution.

If any of these events were to occur, they could harm our business.

If we fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation and laser performance standards, our
manufacturing operations could be halted, and our business would suffer.

We are currently required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation,
or QSR. The QSR is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the methods and documentation of the design,

22

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products.
Because our products involve the use of lasers, our products also are covered by a performance standard for
lasers set forth in FDA regulations. The laser performance standard imposes specific record-keeping, reporting,
product testing and product labeling requirements. These requirements include affixing warning labels to laser
products, as well as incorporating certain safety features in the design of laser products. The FDA enforces the
QSR and laser performance standards through periodic unannounced inspections. We have been informed of a
planned inspection in late March 2007 and could be subject to additional future inspections. Our failure to take
satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection or our failure to comply with applicable
laser performance standards could result in enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, a shutdown of
our manufacturing operations, a recall of our products, civil or criminal penalties, or other sanctions, such as
those described in the preceding paragraph, which would cause our sales and business to suffer.

If we modify one of our FDA-approved devices, we may need to seek re-approval, which, if not granted, would
prevent us from selling our modified products or cause us to redesign our products.

Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that
would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a
pre-market approval. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals for new
products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all.
Delays in obtaining future clearance would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in
a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future profitability. We have made modifications to
our devices in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not
require additional clearance or approvals. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals for the
modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices, which could harm our
operating results and require us to redesign our products.

We may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory qualifications or approvals for our current
or future products and indications, which could harm our business.

Sales of our products outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely
from country to country. In addition, exports of medical devices from the United States are regulated by the
FDA. Complying with international regulatory requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process
and approval is not certain. The time required to obtain clearance or approvals, if required by other countries,
may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approvals, and requirements for such clearances or
approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain or maintain regulatory
qualifications, clearances or approvals in other countries. We may also incur significant costs in attempting to
obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or qualifications. If we experience delays in receiving
necessary qualifications, clearances or approvals to market our products outside the United States, or if we fail to
receive those qualifications, clearances or approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements
in international markets effectively, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and
growth strategy.

To successfully market and sell our products internationally, we must address many issues with which we have
little or no experience.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, approximately 31% of our revenue was derived from international
customers, which are a material component of our growth strategy. We depend on third-party distributors and a
relatively new direct sales operation to sell our products internationally, and if these distributors or direct sales
personnel under-perform, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of international revenue. We will
need to expand the territories in which we sell our products and attract additional international distributors to
grow our business. Distributors may not accept our business or commit the necessary resources to market and sell
our products to the level of our expectations. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or we are

23

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

unable to engage distributors in particular geographic areas, we may not realize projected international revenue
growth. Additionally, we expect to expand our direct sales force in Europe and Asia. If we are unable to hire,
retain and obtain satisfactory performance from such additional personnel, our revenue from international
operations may be adversely affected.

We believe that an increasing amount of our future revenue will come from international sales as we expand our
overseas operations and develop opportunities in additional international territories. International sales are
subject to a number of risks, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations;

difficulties in penetrating markets in which our competitors’ products are more established;

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

export restrictions, trade regulations and foreign tax laws;

fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;

foreign certification and regulatory requirements;

lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

customs clearance and shipping delays;

political and economic instability;

lack of awareness of our brand in international markets; and

preference for locally-produced products.

If one or more of these risks were realized, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy the
situation, and if we are unsuccessful at finding a solution, our revenue may decline.

The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers could adversely affect our
ability to sell our products, and therefore our financial condition.

Some of our customers and prospective customers have had difficulty in procuring or maintaining liability
insurance to cover their operation and use of our products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing
coverage in certain states or substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers
may discontinue using our products and, industry-wide, potential customers may opt against purchasing laser and
other energy-based products due to the cost of, or inability to, procure insurance coverage. The unavailability of
insurance coverage for our customers could adversely affect our ability to sell our products, and therefore our
financial condition.

Because we do not require training for users of our products in North America, and we sell our products to
non-physicians, there exists an increased potential for misuse of our products, which could harm our
reputation and our business.

Federal regulations allow us to sell our products to or on the order of “licensed practitioners.” The definition of
“licensed practitioners” varies from state to state. As a result, our products may be purchased or operated by
physicians with varying levels of training, and in many states by non-physicians, including nurse practitioners,
chiropractors and technicians. Outside the United States, many jurisdictions do not require specific qualifications
or training for purchasers or operators of our products. We do not supervise the procedures performed with our
products, nor do we require that direct medical supervision occur. We, and our distributors, generally offer but do
not require purchasers or operators of our products to attend training sessions. In addition, we sometimes sell our
systems to companies that rent our systems to third parties and that provide a technician to perform the
procedure. The lack of training and the purchase and use of our products by non-physicians may result in product
misuse and adverse treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation and expose us to costly product
liability litigation.

24

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Product liability suits could be brought against us due to a defective design, material or workmanship or
misuse of our products and could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial
damages and an increase in our insurance rates.

If our products are defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contain defective components or are misused,
we may become subject to substantial and costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Misusing our
products or failing to adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant eye and skin damage, and underlying
tissue damage. In addition, if our operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, we may be subject to liability.
We have been involved, and may in the future be involved, in litigation related to the use of our products.
Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and
result in sizable damage awards against us. We may not have sufficient insurance coverage for all future claims.
We may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage
against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could
increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, could harm our
reputation in the industry and reduce product sales. In addition, we have been experiencing steep increases in our
product liability insurance premiums. If our premiums continue to rise, we may no longer be able to afford
adequate insurance coverage.

If we are unable to maintain adequate insurance coverage, or we have product liability claims in excess of our
insurance coverage, claims would be paid out of cash reserves, thereby harming our financial condition,
operating results and profitability.

Our manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply
shortages and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

Many of the components and materials that comprise our products are currently manufactured by a limited
number of suppliers. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current suppliers’ capabilities
could harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply is identified and qualified. Our
reliance on these suppliers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;

delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues or a supplier’s
variation in a component;

a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;

inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or on commercially reasonable terms;

difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;

production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers, and
corresponding regulatory qualifications;

delay in delivery due to our suppliers prioritizing other customer orders over ours; and

Fluctuation in delivery by our suppliers due to changes in demand from us or their other customers.

Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or
materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the
demand of our customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

Components used in our products are complex in design, and any defects may not be discovered prior to
shipment to customers, which could result in warranty obligations, reducing our revenue and increasing our
cost.

In manufacturing our products, we depend upon third parties for the supply of various components. Many of
these components require a significant degree of technical expertise to produce. If our suppliers fail to produce

25

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

components to specification, or if the suppliers, or we, use defective materials or workmanship in the
manufacturing process, the reliability and performance of our products will be compromised.

If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily and inexpensively, we may experience:

•

•

•

•

•

•

loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;

damage to our brand reputation;

increased cost of our warranty program due to product repair or replacement;

inability to attract new customers;

diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our
service department; and

legal action.

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially harm our business.

We forecast sales to determine requirements for components and materials used in our products and if our
forecasts are incorrect, we may experience either delays in shipments or increased inventory costs.

We keep limited materials and components on hand. To manage our manufacturing operations with our suppliers,
we forecast anticipated product orders and material requirements to predict our inventory needs up to twelve
months in advance and enter into purchase orders on the basis of these requirements. Our limited historical
experience may not provide us with enough data to accurately predict future demand. If our business expands,
our demand for components and materials would increase and our suppliers may be unable to meet our demand.
If we overestimate our component and material requirements, we will have excess inventories, which would
increase our expenses. If we underestimate our component and material requirements, we may have inadequate
inventories, which could interrupt, delay or prevent delivery of our products to our customers. Any of these
occurrences would negatively affect our financial performance and the level of satisfaction our customers have
with our business.

Lack of demand for our products in the non-core market would harm our anticipated revenue growth.

Most of our revenue in the United States is derived from sales to customers outside of the core dermatologist and
plastic surgeon specialties, such as family practitioners, primary care physicians, gynecologists and medi-spas.
Continuing to achieve further penetration into this new market is a material assumption of our growth strategy.
Demand for our products in the non-core market could be weakened by several factors including poor financial
performance of businesses introducing aesthetic procedures to their practice or medi-spas, reduced patient
demand for alternative treatments and services being provided by non-core practitioners and an increase in
malpractice law suits against non-core practitioners. If we do not achieve anticipated demand for our products in
the non-core market, our expected revenue growth may not be achieved.

We depend on skilled and experienced personnel to operate our business effectively. If we are unable to
recruit, hire and retain these employees, our ability to manage and expand our business will be harmed, which
would impair our future revenue and profitability.

Our success largely depends on the skills, experience and efforts of our officers and other key employees. We do
not have employment contracts with any of our officers or other key employees. Any of our officers and other
key employees may terminate their employment at any time. We do not have a succession plan in place for each
of our officers and key employees. In addition, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies covering
any of our employees. The loss of any of our senior management team members could weaken our management
expertise and harm our business.

26

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Our ability to retain our skilled labor force and our success in attracting and hiring new skilled employees will be
a critical factor in determining whether we will be successful in the future. We may not be able to meet our future
hiring needs or retain existing personnel. We will face particularly significant challenges and risks in hiring,
training, managing and retaining engineering and sales and marketing employees. Failure to attract and retain
personnel, particularly technical and sales and marketing personnel, would materially harm our ability to
compete effectively and grow our business.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results and stock price.

Beginning with the annual report for our fiscal year ended on December 31, 2005, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 required us to include a report by our management on our internal control over financial
reporting. Such report contained an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year and a statement as to whether or not such internal control is
effective. Also included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K was an opinion by our Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm on management’s assessment of such internal control.

Our efforts to comply with Section 404 have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, significant costs,
and take up a significant amount of management’s time and operational resources. Though we did not identify
any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting during the years ended December 31,
2006 and 2005, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as in our
2007 and future years, our stock price may decline and it could have an adverse effect on our business.

Stock-based compensation expense adjustments could adversely affects our reported financial results, which
could cause the price of our stock to decline.

As of January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R), which requires us to measure and record stock-based
compensation expense using a fair value method, which can adversely affect our results of operations by
increasing our cost by the amount of such stock-based compensation charges. Determining the appropriate fair
value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards require the input of highly subjective
assumptions, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if
factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially
different in the future. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize
expense for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate,
the stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current
period. Actual stock-based compensation expense significantly higher than our expectations would materially
decrease our net income and adversely affects our reported financial results, which could cause the price of our
stock to decline.

Our effective income tax rate may vary significantly.

Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future results of operations. Our future effective tax rates
could be unfavorably affected by changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in
estimates of prior years’ items, unanticipated decreases in the amount of revenue or earnings in countries with
low statutory tax rates, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, future levels of
research & development spending, deductions for employee stock option exercises being different to what we
projected, and changes in overall levels of income before taxes.

The quarterly royalty payments under our patent sublicense with Palomar are subject to an annual audit.
Any material adjustments from this audit could result in a material adverse effect on our business and our
stock price.

We pay royalties to Palomar after each fiscal quarter for applicable product sales made in that quarter. These
royalty amounts are subject to an annual review by an independent public accountant hired by Palomar. The

27

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

independent public accountant’s interpretation of the applicable royalty rate for any new products, or
combination of products, and the net revenue for which to calculate the royalty, could be different from ours. In
the event that the independent public accountant’s assessment of the accuracy of our estimated royalty payments
to Palomar is materially different from our calculations, we could owe a higher amount to Palomar than we
accrued for, and would then have to report it as an additional expense in our financial statements for the
applicable period. This could result in a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

Any acquisitions that we make could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.

We expect to evaluate potential strategic acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies.
We may also consider joint ventures and other collaborative projects. We may not be able to identify appropriate
acquisition candidates or strategic partners, or successfully negotiate, finance or integrate any businesses,
products or technologies that we acquire. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition and management of any
collaborative project may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt our
operations. We do not have any experience with acquiring companies or products. If we decide to expand our
product offerings beyond laser and other light-based products, we may spend time and money on projects that do
not increase our revenue.

Any cash acquisition we pursue would diminish our available cash balances to us for other uses, and any stock
acquisition would be dilutive to our stockholders. While we from time to time evaluate potential collaborative
projects and acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, and anticipate continuing to make these
evaluations, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any acquisitions or
collaborative projects.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware
law, contain provisions that could discourage a takeover.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law, contain provisions that
might enable our management to resist a takeover, and might make it more difficult for an investor to acquire a
substantial block of our common stock. These provisions include:

•

•

•

•

•

a classified board of directors;

advance notice requirements to stockholders for matters to be brought at stockholder meetings;

a supermajority stockholder vote requirement for amending certain provisions of our Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws;

limitations on stockholder actions by written consent; and

the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock
ownership of a potential hostile acquirer.

These provisions might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our
management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common
stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and any return on
investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our
common stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on our
earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of
directors may consider relevant. If we do not pay dividends, our stock may be less valuable because a return on
investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.

28

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters and U.S. operations are located in a 66,000 square foot facility in Brisbane,
California. We lease these premises under a non-cancelable operating lease which expires in 2014. In addition,
we have leased office facilities of approximately 3,700 square feet, 2,690 square feet, and 1,240 square feet, in
Japan, Switzerland, and France, respectively. The lease in Switzerland expires in July 2008, the lease in Japan
expires in May 2008, and the lease in France expires in December 2009. We believe that these facilities are
adequate for our current and future needs for at least the next twelve months.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

As of December 31, 2006, we are not a party to any material pending litigation.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not Applicable.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

29

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Stock Exchange Listing

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CUTR.” At February 28, 2007,
the closing sale price of our common stock was $34.95 per share.

Common Stockholders

We had 13 stockholders of record as of February 28, 2007, one of whom was CEDE & CO, a large clearing
house that holds shares in its name for banks, brokers and institutions, in order to expedite the sale and transfer of
stock. Since many stockholders’ shares are listed under their brokerage firm’s name, we believe the actual
number of stockholders is over 8,500.

Stock Prices

The following table sets forth quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our common stock for the indicated
fiscal periods.

Common Stock

2006

2005

High

Low

High

Low

4th Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3rd Quarter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2nd Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1st Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$29.93
26.59
27.94
31.24

$25.32
18.86
16.49
24.99

$43.50
25.94
19.56
19.71

$22.08
16.06
14.37
12.47

Dividend Policy

We have never paid a cash dividend and have no present intention to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. We intend to retain any future earnings for use in our business.

We did not sell any unregistered securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the
information set forth in Part III Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See Part III, Item 12 for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

30

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The table set forth below contains certain consolidated financial data for each of the last five fiscal years of
Cutera. This data should be read in conjunction with the detailed information, financial statements and related
notes, as well as Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
included elsewhere herein.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (in thousands, except per share data):

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,692
29,859

$ 75,620
19,792

$52,641
14,689

$39,088
12,317

$28,327
9,991

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70,833

55,828

37,952

26,771

18,336

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Litigation settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other income, net

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,890
6,473
15,192
18,935

73,490

(2,657)
3,596

939
(1,184)

25,021
5,353
8,782
—

19,326
4,549
8,924
—

13,792
3,448
4,367
—

8,602
2,988
5,416
—

39,156

32,799

21,607

17,006

16,672
2,034

18,706
4,905

5,153
632

5,785
2,025

5,164
30

5,194
2,088

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

2,123

$ 13,801

$ 3,760

$ 3,106

Net income available to common stockholders used in

basic net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

2,123

$ 13,801

$ 3,284

$

963

Net income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

0.17

0.15

$

$

1.20

1.00

$

$

0.38

0.31

$

$

0.46

0.35

1,330
85

1,415
755

660

184

0.10

0.07

$

$

$

$

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share

calculations:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,558

11,535

8,573

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,278

13,864

12,222

2,106

8,835

1,810

8,811

As of December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 11,800
96,285
111,999
133,875
—
23,866
109,732

$

5,260
86,736
98,318
111,958
—
21,743
97,177

$ 7,070
59,200
68,519
80,549
—
7,942
68,456

$10,290
—
14,205
24,198
7,372
4,182
7,875

$ 8,276
—
8,896
15,426
7,272
1,076
3,106

31

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the attached financial statements and notes thereto,
and with our audited financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. This
Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the following sections, contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements include, but are not limited to,
statements relating to our expectations as to future capital expenditures and requirements, growth in our
operations, the impact of exchange rate volatility and forecasted operating expenses. These forward-looking
statements involve risks and uncertainties. The cautionary statements set forth below and those contained in
Item 1A—“Risk Factors” commencing on page 18, identify important factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those predicted in any such forward-looking statements. The reader is cautioned not to
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the
date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to
reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K.

Introduction

The MD&A is organized as follows:

•

Executive summary. This section provides a general description and history of our business, a brief
discussion of our product lines and the opportunities, trends, challenges and risks we focus on in the
operation of our business.

• Critical accounting policies and estimates. This section describes the key accounting policies that are
affected by critical accounting estimates. In addition, it includes a summary of recent accounting
pronouncements that may be applicable to us.

•

•

•

Recent accounting pronouncements. This section describes the issuance and effect of new accounting
pronouncements that are applicable to our Company.

Results of operations. This section provides our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on
our consolidated statement of operations.

Liquidity and capital resources. This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flows, as
well as a discussion of our commitments that existed as of December 31, 2006.

Executive Summary

Company Description. We are a global medical device company engaged in the design, development,
manufacture, marketing and servicing of laser and other light-based aesthetics systems to the professional
aesthetic market. Our easy-to-use platforms—CoolGlide, Xeo and Solera—enable dermatologists, plastic
surgeons, gynecologists, primary care physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe, effective and
non-invasive aesthetic procedures for their customers.

Our corporate headquarters and U.S. operations are located in Brisbane, California, where we conduct our
manufacturing, warehousing, research, regulatory, sales, marketing and administrative activities. In the United
States, we market and sell our products primarily through a direct sales force of 46 employees as of
December 31, 2006 and through a distribution relationship with PSS World Medical Shared Services, Inc., a
wholly owned subsidiary of PSS World Medical, which has over 700 sales representatives serving physician
offices throughout the United States. In addition, we also sell certain items like Titan handpiece refills and
marketing brochures via the web.

International sales are generally made through a direct sales force, independent sales representatives and
distributors in over 30 countries worldwide. Outside the United States, we have a direct sales presence in
Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

32

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Products. Our revenue is derived from the sale of products, product upgrades, service, and Titan handpiece
refills. Product revenue represents the sale of a system console that incorporates a universal graphic user
interface, a laser and/or other light-based module, control system software, high voltage electronics, and one or
more handpieces. We offer our customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice at the time of
purchase and then to cost-effectively add applications as their practice grows. This enables customers to upgrade
their systems whenever they want and provides us with a source of recurring revenue, which we classify as
product upgrade revenue. Service revenue relates to amortization of pre-paid maintenance and support contract
revenue and receipts for services on out-of-warranty products. Titan handpiece refill revenue is associated with
our Titan handpiece, which requires a periodic “refilling” process, which includes the replacement of the optical
source, after a set number of pulses has been performed.

Significant Business Trends. We believe that revenue growth has been, and will continue to be, primarily
attributable to the following:

•

Investments made in our global sales and marketing infrastructure, including the expansion of our sales
force to increase our market penetration in an expanding aesthetic laser market.

• Continuing introduction of new aesthetic products and applications.

• Marketing to physicians outside the core dermatologist and plastic surgeon specialties.

• Generating service and Titan handpiece refill revenue from our growing installed base of customers.

During 2006, our business continued to experience significant growth. In 2006, compared to 2005, our U.S.
revenue grew 28% and our international revenue grew 46%. In contrast, in 2005, compared to 2004, our U.S.
revenue grew by 57%, while our international revenue grew by 19%. The weaker U.S. revenue growth from 2005
to 2006, as compared to 2004 to 2005, was primarily attributable to the slow ramp-up of revenue from newly
hired sales representatives. The stronger international revenue growth from 2005 to 2006, compared to 2004 to
2005, was primarily attributable to significant revenue growth coming from Canada, Japan, and Switzerland. The
growth in revenue from Switzerland was attributable to the setting up of our European hub office in Zurich in
July 2005, from where we coordinate our European marketing and service activities. We believe that, amongst
other factors, if and when we obtain FDA marketing clearance for our YSGG-based laser technology, our
revenue will be positively impacted.

For 2006, our gross margin declined to 70%, compared to 74% in 2005. This decrease was primarily attributable
to the royalty expense recorded with effect from April 1, 2006 due to the settlement of our litigation with
Palomar, which was 3% of net revenue in 2006, and to higher stock-based compensation expense due to the
adoption of the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) with effect from January 1, 2006. Given our
royalty expense and stock-based compensation expense will continue in 2007, we expect our gross margin for
2007 to be similar to 2006.

General and administrative expenses for 2006, compared with 2005, increased by $6.4 million, or 73%, to $15.2
million and were 15% of net revenue. In 2007, we expect our G&A expenses to decrease and be in the range of
approximately 10% – 12% of revenue. This expected decrease is primarily attributable to the following expenses
which were included in G&A in 2006 but not expected to be incurred in 2007: $3.3 million of legal expenses
related to the patent litigation matter and an estimated charge of $505,000 relating to a liability for sales taxes in
jurisdictions that we had believed we did not have a taxable presence.

Factors that May Impact Future Performance

Our industry is impacted by numerous competitive, regulatory and other significant factors. Our industry is
highly competitive and our success depends on our ability to compete successfully. Additionally, the growth of
our business relies on our ability to continue to develop new products and innovative technologies, obtain

33

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

regulatory clearances for our products, protect the proprietary technology of our products and our manufacturing
processes, manufacture our products cost effectively, and successfully market and distribute our products in a
profitable manner. If we fail to compete effectively, fail to continue to develop new products and technologies,
fail to obtain regulatory clearances, fail to protect our intellectual property, fail to produce our products cost
effectively, or fail to market and distribute our products in a profitable manner, our business could suffer. A
detailed discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future performance are provided in Part I,
Item 1A—“Risk Factors” section.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. These estimates and assumptions are based on
historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We
periodically review our accounting policies and estimates and make adjustments when facts and circumstances
dictate. In addition to the accounting policies that are more fully described in the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we consider the critical accounting policies
described below to be affected by critical accounting estimates. Our critical accounting policies that are affected
by accounting estimates include, stock-based compensation expense, revenue recognition, valuation of allowance
for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, valuation of warranty obligations and valuation of income taxes
on earnings. Such accounting policies are impacted significantly by judgments, assumptions and estimates used
in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements, and actual results could differ materially from these
estimates.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 123(R),
“Share-Based Payment (revised 2004),” using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the
measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to our
employees and directors, including stock options, employee stock purchases related to the Employee Stock
Purchase Plan and restricted stock unit awards. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2006 reflect the impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective transition
method, our consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not
include, the impact of SFAS 123(R). Share-based compensation expense recognized is based on the value of the
portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. Share-based compensation expense
recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 included
compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, December 31,
2005 based on the fair value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and
compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on
the fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). In conjunction with the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), we estimated the fair value of each stock option on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option valuation model and elected to attribute the value of share-based compensation to expense using the
straight-line method, which was previously used for our pro forma information required under SFAS No. 123
“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” or SFAS 123. The Block-Scholes option valuation model requires
the input of subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility, expected term of stock option and
risk-free interest rate. Due in part to the limited amount of historical data available to us, particularly with respect
to stock-price volatility, employee exercise patterns and forfeitures, actual results could differ from our
assumptions.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees,” and its interpretations and complied with the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 as

34

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 123.” Under APB Opinion No. 25, compensation expense is based on the
difference, if any, on the date of the grant between the fair market value of our stock and the exercise price.
Employee stock-based compensation is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the
underlying options.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize distributor and non-distributor revenue in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin, or
SAB, No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” SAB No. 104 requires that four basic criteria must be met before revenue
can be recognized:

•

•

•

•

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

the fee is fixed and determinable; and

collectibility is reasonably assured.

Determination of whether persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and whether delivery has occurred or
services have been rendered, are based on management’s judgments regarding the fixed nature of the fee charged
for services rendered and products delivered, and the collectibility of those fees. In instances where final
acceptance of the product is specified by the customer or collectibility has not been reasonably assured, revenue
is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Service revenue, not under a service
contract, is recognized as the services are provided. Total deferred revenue for service contracts was $6.7 million
and $3.1 million as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. Should changes in conditions
cause management to determine these criteria are not met for certain future transactions, revenue recognized for
any reporting period could be adversely affected.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our accounts receivable balance, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, was $9.6 million as of December 31,
2006, compared with $6.5 million as of December 31, 2005. The allowance for doubtful accounts as of
December 31, 2006, was $34,000, compared with $177,000 as of December 31, 2005. We perform periodic
credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s
current creditworthiness, as determined by our review of current credit information. We monitor collections and
payments from our customers and maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon our historical
experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While our credit losses have
historically been within our expectations and the allowance established, we may not continue to experience the
same credit loss rates that we have in the past.

Inventories

We state our inventories at the lower of cost or market, computed on a standard cost basis, which approximates
actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis and market being determined as the lower of replacement cost or net
realizable value. Standard costs are monitored and updated quarterly or as necessary, to reflect changes in raw
material costs, labor to manufacture the product and overhead rates. Our inventories balance was $5.2 million as
of December 31, 2006 and 2005. Our inventories allowances as of December 31, 2006 were $851,000, compared
with $992,000 as of December 31, 2005. We provide inventory allowances when conditions indicate that the
selling price could be less than cost due to physical deterioration, usage, obsolescence, reductions in estimated
future demand and reductions in selling prices. Inventory allowances are measured as the difference between the
cost of inventory and estimated market value. Inventory reserves are charged to cost of revenue and establish a
lower cost basis for the inventories. We balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels with the risk of

35

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

obsolescence due to changing technology and customer demand levels. Unfavorable changes in market
conditions may result in a need for additional inventory reserves that could adversely impact our gross margins.
Conversely, favorable changes in demand could result in higher gross margins when product is sold.

Warranty Obligations

We provide a standard one-year warranty coverage on our systems and from time to time have promotional
offers when we offer a twenty-four month warranty. Warranty coverage provided is for labor and parts necessary
to repair the systems during the warranty period. We provide for the estimated future costs of warranty
obligations in cost of revenue when the related revenue is recognized. The accrued warranty costs represent our
best estimate at the time of sale, and as reviewed and updated quarterly, of the total costs that we expect to incur
in repairing or replacing product parts that fail while still under warranty. Accrued warranty costs include costs
of material, technical support labor and associated overhead. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs
obligation for established products is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures adjusted for
current information on repair costs. For new products, estimates will include historical experience of similar
products, as well as reasonable allowance for start-up expenses. Actual warranty costs could differ from the
estimated amounts. On a quarterly basis, we review the accrued balances of our warranty obligations and update
the historical warranty cost trends. The accrued balance for product warranties was $3.1 million and $2.0 million
as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. For more information on warranty reserves, see Note 3 to the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. If we were required to accrue additional warranty cost in the future
due to actual product failure rates, material usage, service delivery costs or overhead costs differing from our
estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required, which would negatively impact our
operating results.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to taxes on earnings in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. As a global
taxpayer, significant judgments and estimates are required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our
provision for taxes on earnings. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves addressing uncertainties in the
application of complex tax regulations. We maintain reserves for potential tax contingencies arising in the
jurisdictions in which we do business. Such reserves are based on our assessment of the likelihood of an
unfavorable outcome and the potential loss from such contingencies, and may be adjusted from time to time in
light of changing facts and circumstances. These reserves are maintained until such time as the matter is settled
or the statutory period for adjustment has passed. Adjustments could be required in the future if we determine
that our reserves for tax contingencies are inadequate. The provision for taxes on earnings includes the effect of
changes to these reserves that are considered appropriate. In addition, the carrying value of our net deferred tax
assets assumes that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable earnings in certain tax jurisdictions to
utilize these deferred tax assets.

Earnings derived from our international regions are generally taxed at different rates than in the United States.
Our effective rate is impacted by existing tax laws in both the United States and in the respective countries in
which our international subsidiaries are located. A change in the mix of total earnings from our United States
operations and the respective international regions among particular tax jurisdictions could change our effective
income tax rate. Also, our current effective tax rate does not assume U.S. taxes on undistributed profits of foreign
subsidiaries. These earnings could become subject to incremental foreign withholding or U.S. federal and state
taxes, should they either be deemed or actually remitted to the United States.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, “The Fair Value
Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to
measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items

36

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact of implementing SFAS 159 on our
consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This standard defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This pronouncement applies under other
accounting standards that require or permit fair value measurements. Accordingly, this statement does not require
any new fair value measurement. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007,
and interim periods within those fiscal years. We will be required to adopt SFAS No. 157 in the first quarter of
fiscal year 2008. We are currently assessing the impact that SFAS 157 may have on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” or SAB 108, to address diversity in practice in
quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires the quantification of misstatements based on
their impact on both the balance sheet and the income statement to determine materiality. The guidance provides
for a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to correct for misstatements that were not deemed material under a
company’s prior approach but are material under the SAB 108 approach. SAB No. 108 has not had any impact on
our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006.

the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an
In July 2006,
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or SFAS 109. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109. The
the financial statement
Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Interpretation
also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods,
disclosure, and transition. This interpretation is effective for us in the first quarter ending on March 31, 2007.
Based on a preliminary evaluation of the impact of adopting this Interpretation, we believe that it will not have a
material effect on our financial position or results of operations in 2007.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

37

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated, expressed as a
percentage of net total revenue.

Year Ended
December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Operating Ratios:
Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100% 100% 100%
28%
26%
30%

Gross profit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70%

74%

72%

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Litigation settlement

37%
33%
33%
8%
7%
6%
15%
17%
12%
19% — % — %

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

73%

52%

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other income, net

(3)% 22%
3%
4%

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1%
(1)%

2%

25%
7%

18%

62%

10%
1%

11%
4%

7%

Total Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

2006

% Change

2005

% Change

2004

Revenue mix by geography:
United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 69,895

28% $54,506

57% $34,826

Asia, excluding Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rest of the world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,384
7,397
7,239
7,777

0%
53%
66%
120%

8,378
4,842
4,351
3,543

69%
(35)%
98%
11%

4,958
7,460
2,199
3,198

Total international revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30,797

46%

21,114

19%

17,815

Consolidated total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,692

33% $75,620

44% $52,641

United States as a percentage of total revenue . . . . .
International as a percentage of total revenue . . . . . .

69%
31%

72%
28%

66%
34%

Revenue mix by product category:
Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titan handpiece refills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 84,695
6,006
5,890
4,101

34% $63,349
6,630
(9)%
3,881
52%
1,760
133%

45% $43,540
6,615
0%
2,414
61%
72
N/A

Consolidated total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,692

33% $75,620

44% $52,641

The total revenue increase in 2006 and 2005, compared with the respective prior years, was primarily attributable
to product revenue growth, especially from our multi-application Xeo and Solera platforms, both of which

38

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

include the Titan product. In addition, the overall revenue growth was attributable to the expansion of our direct
sales force and the penetration of customer bases outside the core specialties of dermatologists and plastic
surgeons. Service revenue continued to increase as a result of an increase in our installed base of customers
purchasing extended service contracts. Growth in Titan handpiece refills reflected increased adoption of the Titan
product by new and existing customers as well as an increased consumer demand for Titan procedures. Upgrade
revenue declined in 2006 and was flat in 2005, due primarily to an increase in the number of customers choosing
to purchase a new system from our Solera platform, instead of upgrading their existing systems. We believe that,
amongst other factors, if and when we obtain FDA marketing clearance for our YSGG-based laser technology,
our revenue will be positively impacted.

International revenue growth in 2006 was primarily attributable to growth from Canada, Japan and Switzerland.
The growth in revenue from Switzerland was attributable to the setting up of our European hub office there in
July 2005. In 2005, compared to 2004, the slower international growth was primarily attributable to reduced sales
to a national chain of clinics in Japan, who purchased systems for all their members beginning in early 2004 and
ending in the first quarter of 2005.

Gross Margin

(Dollars in thousands)

2006

% Change

2005

% Change

2004

Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
As a percentage of total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$70,833

27% $55,828

47% $37,952

70%

74%

72%

Year Ended December 31,

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of material, labor, employee stock-based compensation, royalty expense,
warranty, and manufacturing overhead expenses. The decrease in gross margin in 2006, compared to 2005, was
primarily attributable to the following two expense items which were recorded in 2006 but not in 2005—
$3.3 million, or 3% of net revenue, of royalty expense recorded with effect from April 1, 2006 as a result of the
Palomar patent licensing agreement—see Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details and accounting of the settlement agreement—and $551,000, or 1% of revenue, of higher stock-based
compensation expense due to the adoption of the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) with effect
from January 1, 2006. Given our royalty expense and stock-based compensation expenses will continue in 2007,
we expect our gross margin for 2007 to be similar to our gross margin in 2006.

The improvement in gross margin in 2005 over 2004 was primarily attributable to a favorable product mix
towards our multi-application Xeo and Solera platform products, the growth of which was fueled by our launch
of the Titan product, as well as reduced warranty and service costs associated with improved product reliability.

Sales and Marketing

(Dollars in thousands)

2006

% Change

2005

% Change

2004

Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
As a percentage of total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$32,890

31% $25,021

29% $19,326

33%

33%

37%

Year Ended December 31,

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel cost, stock-based compensation expense and
expenses associated with customer-attended workshops, trade shows and advertising. Even though our sales and
marketing expenses increased in 2006, compared with 2005, by $1.3 million due to the higher stock-based
compensation expenses associated with the adoption of FAS 123(R) in 2006, our sales and marketing expenses as
a percentage of total revenue remained flat at 33%. This, as well as the decrease in sales and marketing expenses
as a percentage of revenue in 2005, compared to 37% in 2004, was a result of the improved operating leverage
due to the higher revenue growth and improved productivity. Compared with 2006, due to our planned increase
in headcount, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in 2007.

39

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Of the $7.9 million increase in sales and marketing expenses in 2006, compared with 2005, $4.7 million was
attributable to personnel expenses associated primarily with increased headcount, $1.3 million of stock-based
compensation expenses and $1.6 million of advertising and promotional expenses. The $5.7 million increase in
sales and marketing expenses in 2005, compared to 2004, was primarily attributable to $4.7 million of personnel
expenses associated primarily with the increased headcount.

Research and Development (R&D)

(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2006 % Change

2005 % Change

2004

Research and development

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
As a percentage of total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,473

21% $5,353

18% $4,549

6%

7%

8%

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel cost, stock-based compensation expenses and
clinical, regulatory and material costs. R&D expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased in 2006 and
2005, compared to the respective prior years, due to the improved operating leverage resulting from higher
revenue growth, compared to the expense growth. Compared with 2006, due to a planned increase in R&D
activities and headcount, we expect our R&D expenses to increase in 2007.

Of the $1.1 million increase in R&D expenses in 2006 over 2005, $565,000 was attributable to personnel related
expenses associated primarily to increased headcount, and $492,000 was attributable to stock-based
compensation expenses associated with the adoption of FAS 123(R) in 2006. The $804,000 increase in R&D
expense in 2005, over 2004, was primarily attributable to $888,000 of personnel expense associated primarily
with increased headcount, partially offset by a $125,000 decrease in stock-based compensation expenses.

General and Administrative (G&A)

(Dollars in thousands)

2006

% Change

2005 % Change

2004

General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
As a percentage of total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15,192

73% $8,782

(2)% $8,924

15%

12%

17%

Year Ended December 31,

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, stock-based compensation expenses,
legal fees, accounting fees and other general and administrative expenses. The increase in G&A expenses in
2006, compared with 2005, was primarily attributable to $2.6 million of legal expenses associated primarily with
the then-active Palomar litigation matter, $759,000 of stock-based compensation expenses associated with the
adoption of FAS 123(R) in 2006, $673,000 of personnel expenses, due in part to increased headcount, $602,000
of audit and tax consulting fees related primarily to the audit of our internal control over financial reporting, and
an estimated charge of $505,000 recorded in 2006 relating to a liability for sales taxes in jurisdictions that we
previously believed we did not have a taxable presence. In 2007, we expect our G&A expenses to decrease and
be in the range of approximately 10%—12% of revenue due primarily to the expected reduction in legal
expenses.

In 2005, compared to 2004, G&A expenses decreased by $142,000 and were 12% of total revenue, compared
with 17% in 2004. This decrease was attributable primarily to lower legal expenses of $1.4 million partly due to
the timing of our litigation with Palomar and expenses incurred in 2004 but not in 2005, including costs of
$291,000 associated with moving our facilities from Burlingame, California to Brisbane, California and a
litigation settlement of $175,000. This was offset by $1.7 million of higher personnel expenses due in part to
higher headcount, higher stock-based compensation expenses of $219,000, and a net increase of $340,000 in
audit fees, tax and audit consulting fees due primarily to the implementation and audit of our internal control
over financial reporting in 2005.

40

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Litigation Settlement

On June 2, 2006, we settled all patent litigation brought against us by Palomar and MGH. Under the terms of the
settlement agreement, we owed Palomar $20.2 million relating to royalties on sales of infringing systems,
accrued interest and reimbursement of Palomar’s legal costs, through March 31, 2006. Of the $20.2 million, we
recorded $18.9 million as a litigation settlement expense and $1.2 million as the intangible asset representing the
value of the ongoing sublicense agreement obtained as part of the settlement agreement. See Note 10 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, for further details and accounting of the settlement agreement.

Interest and Other Income, Net

(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2006 % Change

2005 % Change

2004

Interest and other income, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,596

77% $2,034

222% $632

The increase in interest and other income, net, in 2006 and 2005, compared to the respective prior years, was
primarily attributable to improved tax-exempt interest yields on investments in government bonds from 2004 to
2006 and an increased amount invested. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable investment balances was at
$108.1 million, $92.0 million and $66.3 million as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

(Dollars in thousands)

2006

Change

2005

Change

2004

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effective tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

939
(1,184)

$(17,767) $18,706
4,905

(6,089)

$12,921
2,880

$5,785
2,025

(126)% (152)%

26%

(9)% 35%

Fiscal Years

Our effective tax rate reflects applicable United States federal and state tax rates and the tax impact of foreign
operations, offset by research and development tax credits, tax exempt interest income and deductions for
disqualifying incentive stock option exercises. The change in the effective tax rate for 2006, compared with 2005,
was primarily due to the reduction of income as a result of the litigation settlement expense, the tax exempt
interest income, the R&D tax credits, and the decrease in benefits from disqualifying dispositions of incentive
stock options. In 2006, given the litigation settlement expense resulted in a significantly lower level of income
before income taxes, the impact of deductible permanent items—R&D tax credits, tax-exempt interest income
and deductions for disqualifying incentive stock option exercises—resulted in a substantially more pronounced
impact on our effective income tax rate, as they represented a larger percentage of our income before income
taxes.

The reduction in our effective income tax rate in 2005, compared with 2004, was primarily attributable to the
increase in the benefits from disqualified incentive stock option exercises, higher benefit from research and
development credits resulting from increased research and development expenses and higher tax-exempt interest
income.

Net Income and Net Income Per Diluted Share

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2006 % Change

2005

% Change

2004

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income per diluted share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,123
$ 0.15

(85)% $13,801
1.00
(85)% $

267% $3,760
223% $ 0.31

Fiscal Years

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

41

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

The decrease in net income and the net income per diluted share in 2006, compared with 2005, was primarily
attributable to:

•

•

•

•

$11.7 million, or $0.82 per diluted share, relating to the patent litigation settlement expense of $18.9
million, net of the marginal tax impact of $7.2 million;

$2.0 million, or $0.14 per diluted share, relating to the $3.1 million of increased stock-based
compensation expenses recorded in 2006 due to the adoption of FAS 123(R), net of the marginal income
tax benefit of $1.1 million;

$2.3 million, or $0.16 per diluted share, as a result of $3.3 million of royalty expenses for the Palomar
patent sublicense, net of the $1.0 million tax benefit; and

$1.8 million, or $0.13 per diluted share, due to the $2.6 million increase in legal expenses associated
primarily with the Palomar patent litigation matter, net of $817,000 of tax benefit.

These decreases were offset by a $6.2 million net after tax, or $0.40 per diluted share, increase in net income due
primarily to:

•

•

•

33% growth in revenue;

the leveraging of our operating expenses, due to revenue growing faster than our manufacturing and
operating expenses; and

a decrease in our effective income tax rate.

The increase in net income and income per diluted share in 2005, compared with 2004, was primarily attributable
to the 44% increase in total revenue, an improvement in gross margins to 74% in 2005, compared with 72% in
2004, the leveraging of our operating expenses due to revenue growing faster than our manufacturing and
operating expenses and a decrease in our effective income tax rate to 26%, from the 35% in 2004.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the measurement of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, fund the planned expansion of
our operations and acquire businesses. Our sources of cash include operations, stock option exercises and
employee stock purchases and interest income. We actively manage our cash usage and investment of liquid cash
to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our daily needs.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Investments

The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:

As of December 31,
2005

Increase

2006

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 11,800
96,285

$ 5,260
86,736

$ 6,540
9,549

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$108,085

$91,996

$16,089

The net increase in cash and cash equivalents and marketable investments of $16.1 million in 2006, was
primarily a result of $12.5 million generated by operations—after $20.2 million cash used to pay Palomar in
settlement of our patent litigation—and $4.4 million of cash provided by the issuance of common stock related to
stock option exercises and employee stock purchases. As of December 31, 2006, we had cash, cash equivalents
and marketable investments of $108.1 million, which we believe are sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs
for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.

42

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)

Net cash flow provided by (used in):

Year ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 12,466
(11,355)
5,429

$ 20,388
(28,342)
6,144

$ 9,244
(59,813)
47,349

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,540

$ (1,810) $ (3,220)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

We generated net cash from operating activities of $12.5 million in 2006, compared to $20.4 million and $9.2
million, in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The $7.9 million decrease in net cash from operating activities in 2006,
compared to 2005, was driven by a decrease in net income of $11.7 million—due primarily to the patent
litigation settlement in June 2006 and higher stock-based compensation expenses as a result of the adoption of
FAS 123(R) in 2006—a $6.1 million decrease in non-cash items (primarily $5.6 million of lower tax benefit
from stock option exercises that could be utilized due to the lower income before taxes, and $2.0 million of
higher deferred tax assets recorded ), offset partially by $9.8 million of cash generated by a net change in
operating assets and liabilities.

The $11.1 million increase in cash from operating activities in 2005, compared to 2004, was driven by an
increase in net income of $10.0 million, an increase in non-cash items by $6.6 million (primarily due to tax
benefits from the employee sales of stock options and ESPP stock), offset partially by $5.5 million of cash used
by a net increase in operating assets and liabilities.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

We used $11.4 million of cash in investing activities in 2006. Of this amount, $9.5 million was used to invest in
marketable securities, $1.2 million was used to purchase an ongoing patent sublicense from Palomar and
$642,000 was used to purchase capital equipment for R&D and manufacturing departments. In 2006, compared
to 2005, we experienced a $17.0 decrease in our investing activities, due primarily to the decrease in investment
balances as a result of the Palomar litigation settlement payment in June 2006.

In 2005, we used $28.3 million for investing activities. Of this amount, $27.6 million was used to purchase
additional marketable investments from the cash generated by operations, the exercises of stock options and
employee stock purchases. In addition, $539,000 was primarily used to purchase research and development and
manufacturing equipment; and $165,000 was used to purchase intangibles associated with the set up of a new
office in Zurich, Switzerland. In comparing 2005 to 2004, there was a $31.5 million decrease in cash used for
investing activities, given in 2004 we raised $46.3 million of cash through the initial public offering of our
common stock.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2006, 2005 and 2004, was $5.4 million, $6.1 million and $47.3
million, respectively. This was primarily attributable to the proceeds from the issuance of stock through our stock
option and employee stock purchase plans, and in 2004, to $46.3 million raised from the sale of common stock
through our initial public offering.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

43

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006 for minimum lease payments
related to facility leases.

Contractual Obligations

Payments Due by Period ($’000’s)
1-3
Less Than
Years
1 Year

3-5
Years

More Than
5 Years

Total

Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,394

$1,023

$1,945

$2,456

$2,970

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial
partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance, variable interest or special purpose entities,
which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other
contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of December 31, 2006, we were not involved in any unconsolidated
transactions.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our investment portfolio. Fixed rate securities may have
their fair market value adversely impacted due to fluctuations in interest rates, while floating rate securities may
produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income
may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell
securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. The primary objective of our
investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing yields without significantly
increasing risk. To achieve this objective, we invest in debt instruments of the U.S. Government and its agencies,
municipal bonds and high-quality corporate issuers, and, by policy, restrict our exposure to any single corporate
issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, we
maintain investments at a weighted average maturity (interest reset date for auction-rate securities and variable
rate demand notes) of generally less than eighteen months. For maturities of our marketable investments, see
Note 2 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Assuming a hypothetical increase in interest rates of
one percentage point, the fair value of our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2006 would have
potentially declined by $519,000.

We have international subsidiaries and operations and are, therefore, subject to foreign currency rate exposure.
To date, our exposure to exchange rate volatility has not been significant. We cannot assure that there will not be
a material impact in the future. Although the majority of our sales and purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars,
future fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar may affect the price competitiveness of our products. We do not
believe, however, that we currently have significant direct foreign currency exchange rate risk and have not
hedged exposures denominated in foreign currencies.

We do not utilize derivative financial instruments, derivative commodity instruments or other market risk
sensitive instruments, positions or transactions in any material fashion.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

44

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CUTERA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are required to be
included in Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

46

48

49

50

51

52

The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule of the Registrant and its subsidiaries for the years
ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is filed as a part of this Report as required to be included in Item 15(a)
and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its
subsidiaries:

Schedule

Page

II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

74

All other required schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or
because the required information is given in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

45

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Cutera, Inc.:

We have completed integrated audits of Cutera, Inc.’s (the “Company”) 2006 and 2005 consolidated financial
statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, and an audit of its 2004
consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Cutera, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in
our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial
statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it
accounts for share-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in “management’s report on internal control over
financial reporting” appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is
fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006,
based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s
management
is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express
opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance
with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting
includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s
assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such
other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinions.

46

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent
internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

limitations,

/S/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Jose, California
March 15, 2007

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

47

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31,

2006

2005

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts in 2006 and 2005 of

$34 and $177, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax asset
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 11,800
96,285

$

5,260
86,736

9,601
5,220
5,792
2,702

6,478
5,245
3,027
3,728

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangibles, net

131,400
1,029
1,446

110,474
1,015
469

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$133,875

$111,958

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue, net of current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,212
13,675
3,514

19,401
1,424
3,258
60

24,143

$

1,352
9,131
1,673

12,156
1,096
1,469
60

14,781

Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)

Stockholders’ equity:

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value

Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

Common stock, $0.001 par value:

Authorized: 50,000,000 shares in both 2006 and 2005;

Issued and outstanding: 12,939,389 and 12,213,474 shares in 2006 and 2005,
respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital
Deferred stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13
86,242
(331)
23,866
(58)

12
77,705
(2,171)
21,743
(112)

Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

109,732

97,177

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$133,875

$111,958

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,692
29,859

$75,620
19,792

$52,641
14,689

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70,833

55,828

37,952

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Litigation settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,890
6,473
15,192
18,935

25,021
5,353
8,782
—

19,326
4,549
8,924
—

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

73,490

39,156

32,799

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other income, net

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income available to common stockholders used in basic earnings per

share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,657)
3,596

939
(1,184)

16,672
2,034

18,706
4,905

5,153
632

5,785
2,025

2,123

$13,801

$ 3,760

2,123

$13,801

$ 3,284

0.17

0.15

$

$

1.20

1.00

$

$

0.38

0.31

$

$

$

$

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,558

11,535

8,573

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,278

13,864

12,222

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)

Common Stock
Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation

Retained
Earnings

Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

2,229,514

$

2

$ 7,579

$(3,888)

$ 4,182

$ —

$

7,875

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
3,760
—

—

7,942

—
—
—
—
—

—

—

13,801
—

—

Balance at December 31, 2003 . . . . . . . .
Issuance of common stock from initial
public offering, net of issuance
costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Conversion of redeemable convertible
preferred stock to common stock at
initial public offering . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Issuance of common stock upon net

exercise of warrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of common stock for employee
purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred stock-based compensation . . . .
Amortization of stock-based

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit related to employee stock

options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Components of other comprehensive

income: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . .

Comprehensive income . . . . .

3,629,800

4,725,000

18,010

35,235
319,643
—

—

—

—
—
—

—

4

5

46,308

7,367

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—

323
714
(227)

—

674

—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—
227

1,435

—

—
—
—

—

11

62,738

(2,226)

Balance at December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . 10,957,202
Issuance of common stock for employee
purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred stock-based compensation . . . .
Issuance of restricted stock units . . . . . .
Non-employee stock compensation . . . .
Amortization of stock-based

58,323
1,197,949
—
—
—

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit related to employee stock

options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Components of other comprehensive

income:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . .

Comprehensive income . . . . .

—

—

—
—

—

Balance at December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . 12,213,474
Issuance of common stock for employee
purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of common stock in settlement
of restricted stock units, net of shares
. . . . . . .
withheld for employee taxes.
Share-based compensation expense . . . .
Change in deferred stock-based

40,651
673,940

11,324
—

compensation, net of terminations . . .

Tax benefit from exercises of stock-

based payment awards . . . . . . . . . . . .

Components of other comprehensive

income:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income . . . . .

Comprehensive income . . . . .

—

—

—
—

—

1

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

12

—

1

—
—

—

—

—
—

—

575
5,568
(323)
1,448
262

—

7,437

—
—

—

—
—
323
(1,448)
(262)

1,442

—

—
—

—

77,705

(2,171)

21,743

881
3,515

(112)
3,973

—
—

—
569

(1,271)

1,271

1,551

—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—
—

—

—

2,123
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—

(9)

—

(9)

—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
(103)

—

(112)

—
—

—
—

—

—

—
54

—

46,312

7,372

—

323
714
—

1,435

674

—
3,760
(9)

3,751

68,456

575
5,569
—
—
—

1,442

7,437

13,801
(103)

13,698

97,177

881
3,516

(112)
4,542

—

1,551

2,123
54

2,177

Balance at December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . 12,939,389

$ 13

$86,242

$ (331)

$23,866

$ (58)

$109,732

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating

$

2,123

$ 13,801 $ 3,760

activities:
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for excess and obsolete inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in deferred tax asset/liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax benefit from employee stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . .
Loss on disposal of assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

869
(143)
90
(2,765)
4,542
1,808
(1,032)
—

(2,980)
(65)
1,026
860
4,175
328
3,630

689
(310)
905
(735)
1,442
7,437
—
—

475
(3,146)
(2,850)
157
937
448
1,138

524
293
300
(476)
1,435
674
—
47

661
(1,065)
1
(720)
2,485
648
677

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,466

20,388

9,244

Cash flows from investing activities:

Acquisition of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sales of marketable investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of marketable investments, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(642)
(1,218)
23,522
99,439
(132,456)

—

(539)
(165)
18,324
49,948
(95,910)
—

(854)
—
9,133
14,310
(82,652)
250

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(11,355)

(28,342)

(59,813)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase

plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

Net cash provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,397
1,032
—

5,429

6,540
5,260

6,144
—
—

6,144

1,037
—
46,312

47,349

(1,810)
7,070

(3,220)
10,290

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 11,800

$ 5,260

$ 7,070

Supplemental and non-cash disclosure of cash flow information:

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in deferred stock-based compensation, net of terminations . . . . . . .
Cash paid (received) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$
$

— $ — $ 7,372
$
(227)
$ 2,526

(1,271) $ 1,387
(1,990) $ 1,837

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

51

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

CUTERA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Operations and Principles of Consolidation.

Cutera Inc. (“Cutera” or the “Company”) is a global provider of laser and other light-based aesthetic systems for
practitioners worldwide. The Company, designs, develops, manufactures, and markets the CoolGlide, Xeo and
Solera product platforms for use by dermatologists, plastic surgeons, gynecologists, primary care physicians, and
other qualified practitioners to offer safe, effective and non-invasive aesthetic treatments to their customers.

Headquartered in Brisbane, California, the Company has wholly-owned subsidiaries in Australia, Canada,
France, Germany, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and United Kingdom. The purpose of these subsidiaries is to market,
sell and service the Company’s products outside of the United States. The Consolidated Financial Statements
include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been
eliminated.

Management Estimates.

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments.

Cash equivalents or short-term financial investments that are readily convertible to cash are stated at cost, which
approximates market value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three
months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Management determines the appropriate classification
of its short-term and long-term marketable investment securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such
determination as of each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable investments are classified as
“available-for-sale” securities in the accompanying financial statements. Available-for-sale securities are carried at
fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income. All investments are held for
use in current operations and are classified in current assets. All realized gains and losses and unrealized losses and
declines in fair value that are other than temporary are recorded in earnings in the period of occurrence. The specific
identification method is used to determine the realized gains and losses on investments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

Carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, marketable
investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their fair values. The fair
value of marketable investments is based on quoted market prices.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

52

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of risk consist principally of cash,
cash equivalents, marketable investments and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are
primarily invested in deposits and money market accounts with two major banks in the United States. In addition,
the Company has operating cash balances in each of the international locations that it operates in. Deposits in
these banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, if any. Management believes that
these financial institutions are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists. The Company has
not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents. Accounts receivable are typically
unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United States. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses.
Concentrations of accounts receivable balances are presented in Note 2 and segment, geographic and major
customer information is presented in Note 9.

The Company invests in debt instruments of the U.S. Government and its agencies, municipal bonds and high-
quality corporate issuers, and, by policy, restricts its exposure to any single corporate issuer by imposing
concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, the Company maintains
investments at an average maturity (interest reset date for auction-rate securities and variable rate demand notes)
of generally less than eighteen months.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited
to, new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, dependence on key suppliers, protection of
proprietary technology, product liability and compliance with government regulations. To continue profitable
operations, the Company must continue to successfully design, develop, manufacture and market its products.
There can be no assurance that current products will continue to be accepted in the marketplace. Nor can there be
any assurance that any future products can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with
appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products will be successfully marketed, if at all. These
factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial results and cash flows.

Future products developed by the Company may require additional approvals from the Food and Drug
Administration or international regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that the
Company’s products will continue to meet the necessary regulatory requirements. If the Company was denied
such approvals or such approvals were delayed, it may have a materially adverse impact on the Company.

Inventories.

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a standard cost basis (which
approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) and market being determined as the lower of replacement
cost or net realizable value.

The Company includes demonstration units within inventories. Demonstration units are carried at cost and
amortized over their estimated economic life of two years. Amortization expense related to demonstration units is
recorded in cost of revenue or in the respective operating expense line based on which function and purpose it is
being used for. Proceeds from the sale of demonstration units are recorded as revenue and all costs incurred to
refurbish the systems prior to sale are charged to cost of revenue.

Property and Equipment.

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives
of the related assets, which is generally three years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using

53

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related
assets. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are
removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating expenses. Maintenance and
repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Intangible Assets.

Purchased technology sublicense and other intangible assets are presented at cost, net of accumulated
amortization. The technology licenses are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life
of 9-10 years and the other intangibles are being amortized over their expected useful life of two years.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets.

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or SFAS, No. 144,
“Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets,” the Company reviews long-lived assets,
including property and equipment, and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in business
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Under SFAS No. 144,
an impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from
the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is measured
as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31,
2006, there have been no such impairments.

Warranty Obligations.

The Company provides a standard one-year warranty coverage on its systems and from time to time has
promotional offers when it offers a twenty-four month warranty. Warranty coverage provided is for labor and
parts necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. The Company accounts for the estimated
warranty cost as a charge to costs of revenue, when revenue is recognized. The estimated warranty cost is based
on historical product performance. Utilizing actual service records, the Company calculates the average service
hours and parts expense per system and applies the actual labor and overhead rates to determine the estimated
warranty charge. The Company updates these estimated charges every quarter.

Revenue Recognition.

Product revenue, including upgrade revenue, and revenue from Titan handpiece refills, is recognized when title
and risk of ownership has been transferred, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price
is fixed or determinable, remaining obligations are insignificant and collectibility is reasonably assured. Transfer
of title and risk of ownership generally occurs when the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer
receives the product, depending on the nature of the arrangement. Revenue is recorded net of customer and
distributor discounts.

The Company generally offers a warranty with its products. The Company provides for the estimated cost to
repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale. Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Service revenue, from customers whose
systems are not under a service contract, is recognized as the services are provided. Service revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, were $5,890,000, $3,881,000, and $2,414,000 respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs.

Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of revenue.

54

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Research and Development Expenditures.

Costs related to research, design, development and testing of products are charged to research and development
expense as incurred. Expenses incurred primarily relate to employees, facilities, material, third party contractors
and clinical and regulatory fees.

Advertising Costs.

Advertising costs are included as part of sales and marketing expense and are expensed as incurred. Advertising
expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, were $1,546,000, $1,201,000 and $1,314,000,
respectively.

Stock-based Compensation.

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R),
“Share-Based Payment (revised 2004),” or SFAS 123(R), using the modified prospective transition method,
which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards
made to the Company’s employees and directors, including stock options, employee stock purchases related to
the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and restricted stock units. The Company’s consolidated financial statements
for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects the impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified
prospective transition method, the Company’s consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been
restated to reflect, and do not
the impact of SFAS 123(R). Share-based compensation expense
recognized is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest.
Share-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations during
the year ended December 31, 2006 included compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior
to, but not yet vested as of, December 31, 2005 based on the fair value estimated in accordance with the pro
forma provisions of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” or SFAS 123, and
compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on
the fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). In conjunction with the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), the Company estimated the fair value of each stock option on the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes option valuation model and elected to attribute the value of share-based compensation to expense using
the straight-line method, which was previously used for its pro forma information required under SFAS 123.

include,

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense in accordance
with Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” In
March 2005, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No 107, “Share-Based Payment,” or SAB 107, regarding
the SEC’s interpretation of SFAS 123(R) and the valuation of stock-based payments for public companies. The
Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123(R). See Note 5 for a further
discussion on stock-based compensation.

Income Taxes.

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,”
which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of
temporary differences between the book and tax bases of recorded assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 109 also
requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that a portion of
the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company has determined that its future taxable income will be
sufficient to recover all of the deferred tax assets. However, should there be a change in their ability to recover
the deferred tax assets, the Company could be required to record a valuation allowance against its deferred tax
assets. This would result in an increase to the Company’s tax provision in the period in which they determined
that the recovery was not probable.

55

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of
complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S. and other
tax jurisdictions based on the Company’s estimate of whether additional tax payments are probable. If the Company
ultimately determines that payment of these amounts is not probable, the Company will reverse the liability and
recognize a tax benefit during the period in which the Company makes the determination. The Company will record
an additional charge in the Company’s provision for taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the
recorded tax liability is less than the Company expects the ultimate assessment to be.

Comprehensive Income.

Comprehensive income generally represents all changes in stockholders’ equity except those resulting from
investments or contributions by stockholders. The Company’s unrealized loss on marketable investments
represents the only component of other comprehensive income that is excluded from net income.

Foreign Currency.

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries. Monetary and non-monetary assets and
liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at period end and historical exchange rates, respectively. Sales and
operating expenses are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for those
expenses related to non-monetary assets which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Gains or losses
resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net income and are insignificant for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2006. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents was
insignificant for each of the three years presented in the period ended December 31, 2006.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, “The Fair Value
Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to
measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items
for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of implementing SFAS 159
on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS No. 157. This
standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This
pronouncement applies under other accounting standards that require or permit fair value measurements.
Accordingly, this statement does not require any new fair value measurement. This statement is effective for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will
be required to adopt SFAS 157 in the quarter ended March 31, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the
impact that SFAS 157 may have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” or SAB 108, to address diversity in practice in
quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires the quantification of misstatements based on
their impact on both the balance sheet and the income statement to determine materiality. The guidance provides
for a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to correct for misstatements that were not deemed material under a
company’s prior approach but are material under the SAB 108 approach. SAB 108 has not had any impact on the
Company’s annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006.

56

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an
In July 2006,
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or SFAS 109. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109. The
Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for
the financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Interpretation
also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods,
disclosure, and transition. This interpretation is effective for the Company’s first quarter ending on March 31,
2007. Based on a preliminary evaluation of the impact of adopting this Interpretation, we believe that it will not
have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations in 2007.

NOTE 2—BALANCE SHEET DETAIL:

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Investments:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, with an original maturity of three months or less at the
time of purchase, to be cash equivalents. Investments in debt securities are accounted for as “available-for-sale”
securities, carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, held for
use in current operations and classified in current assets as “Marketable Investments.” The following is a
summary of cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments.

December 31, 2006 (in thousands)

Checking and money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auction rate securities and municipal bonds . . . . .

Reported as:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2005 (in thousands)

Checking and money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variable rate demand notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auction rate securities and municipal bonds . . . . .

Reported as:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortized
Cost

$ 11,800
96,343

$108,143

$ 11,800
96,343

$108,143

Amortized
Cost

$

5,260
12,403
74,445

$ 92,108

$

5,260
86,848

$ 92,108

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Market
Value

$—
—

$—

$—
—

$—

$ —

(58)

$ 11,800
96,285

$ (58)

$108,085

$ —

(58)

$ 11,800
96,285

$ (58)

$108,085

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Unrealized
Losses

$—
—
—

$—

$—
—

$—

$ —
—
(112)

$(112)

$ —
(112)

$(112)

Fair
Market
Value

$

5,260
12,403
74,333

$ 91,996

$

5,260
86,736

$ 91,996

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

57

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

The contractual maturities of cash, cash equivalents and marketable-investments as of December 31, 2006, are as
follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2006

Due in less than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due in 1 to 3 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due in 3 to 5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due in 5 to 10 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due in greater than 10 years (primarily auction rate securities that can be readily

Amount

$ 51,343
26,476
—
—

liquidated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30,266

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$108,085

Accounts Receivable:

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for
doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses existing in accounts
receivable and is based on historical write-off experience and any specific customer issues that have been
identified. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when it is probable the receivable will not be
recovered. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, one customer accounted for 28% and 27% of the Company’s
total accounts receivable balance, respectively.

Inventories:

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,816
2,404

$3,071
2,174

December 31,

2006

2005

Other Current Assets:

Other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

Tax receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5,220

$5,245

December 31,

2006

2005

$1,739
698
265

$3,017
530
181

$2,702

$3,728

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

58

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Property and Equipment, net:

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office equipment and furniture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment

$

140
1,926
1,663

$

100
1,563
1,423

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,729
(2,700)

3,086
(2,071)

$ 1,029

$ 1,015

December 31,

2006

2005

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $628,000, $594,000 and $470,000
for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Intangible Assets:

Intangible assets principally comprised of a technology sublicense acquired in 2002, a patent sublicense acquired
from Palomar in 2006; and other intangible assets acquired in 2005. The components of intangible assets at
December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization
Amount

December 31, 2006 (in thousands)

Patent sublicense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology sublicense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2005 (in thousands)

Technology sublicense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,218
538
165

$1,921

$ 538
165

$ 703

$104
247
124

$475

$193
41

$234

Net
Amount

$1,114
291
41

$1,446

$ 345
124

$ 469

For the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, amortization expense for intangible assets was $241,000,
$95,000 and $54,000, respectively.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

59

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Based on intangible assets recorded at December 31, 2006, and assuming no subsequent additions to, or
impairment of the underlying assets, the remaining estimated annual amortization expense is expected to be as
follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 233
192
192
192
192
445

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,446

Accrued Liabilities:

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

2006

2005

Payroll and related expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,101
3,055
1,304
202
785
698
1,107
781
642

$4,694
2,043
—
344
—
322
485
581
662

$13,675

$9,131

NOTE 3—WARRANTY AND SERVICE CONTRACTS:

The Company has a direct field service organization in the United States. Internationally, the Company provides
direct service support through its of wholly-owned subsidiaries in Australia, France, Germany, Japan and
Switzerland as well as through a network of distributors and third-party service providers in several other
countries where it does not have a direct presence. The Company generally provides a warranty with its products,
depending on the type of product. After the warranty period, maintenance and support are offered on a service
contract basis or on a time and materials basis. The Company currently provides for the estimated cost to repair
or replace products under warranty at the time of sale.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

60

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Warranty Accrual (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Settlements made during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,043
5,552
(4,540)

$ 1,850
2,785
(2,592)

Balance at end of year

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,055

$ 2,043

Year Ended
December 31,

2006

2005

Deferred Service Contract Revenue (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31,

2006

2005

Balance at beginning of year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add: Payments received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Revenue recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,117
7,455
(3,920)

$ 1,906
4,925
(3,714)

Balance at end of year

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,652

$ 3,117

Service contract revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract.

Costs incurred under service contracts during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to
$1,642,000, $1,130,000, and $702,000, respectively, and are recognized as incurred.

NOTE 4—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Facility Leases.

The Company leases its office and manufacturing facility under a non-cancelable operating lease, which expires
in 2014. In addition, the Company has leased office facilities of approximately 3,700 square feet, 2,690 square
feet and 1,240 square feet, in Japan, Switzerland and France, respectively. The leases in Japan, Switzerland and
France expire in May 2008, July 2008 and December 2009, respectively. In September 2005, the Company
terminated its Germany facility lease and incurred a termination charge of $31,000.

On January 11, 2005, the Company entered into a three year agreement to sublease a portion of its Brisbane,
California, facility to an unaffiliated third-party. In February 2006, the Sub lessee gave notice to terminate the
sublease effective September 14, 2006.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

61

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company was committed to minimum lease payments for facilities and other
leased assets under long-term non-cancelable operating leases is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,023
925
1,020
1,149
1,307
2,970

Future minimum rental payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$8,394

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, gross rent expense was $1.3 million, $1.3 million and
$1.2 million, respectively.

NOTE 5—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, STOCK PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
EXPENSE:

Stock Option Plans.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans.

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. A total of 200,000
shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under
the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2004 ESPP, eligible employees are permitted to purchase common
stock at a discount through payroll deductions. Prior to November 1, 2006, the Company had a rolling one-year
offering period, each with two six-month purchase periods. Beginning with the offering period that started on
November 1, 2006, all future offering periods will run for approximately six months, each with one purchase
period. Shares of common stock eligible for purchase are increased on the first day of each fiscal year by an
amount equal to the lesser of (i) 600,000 shares, (ii) 2.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock on such
date or (iii) an amount as determined by the Board of Directors. The Company added 244,269 reserved shares to
the 2004 ESPP on January 1, 2006. The price of the common stock purchased shall be the lower of 85% of the
fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or at the end of a purchase period.
The Company issued 40,651 and 58,323 shares of common stock under the 2004 ESPP in fiscal years 2006 and
2005, respectively. At December 31, 2006, 529,204 shares remained available for future issuance.

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 1998 Stock Plan.

In 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Stock Plan, or 1998 Plan, under which 4,650,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance to employees, directors and consultants.

On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 1,750,000 shares
of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, the shares
reserved for issuance under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan included shares reserved but un-issued under the
1998 Plan and shares returned to the 1998 Plan as the result of termination of options or the repurchase of shares.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

62

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Shares of common stock approved under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan will be increased on the first day of each
fiscal year, commencing in 2005, by an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) 5% of the outstanding shares of the first
day of such year; (b) 2 million shares; or, (c) an amount determined by our board. On January 1, 2006, the
Company added 610,674 shares to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

Options granted under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may be incentive stock options or
non-statutory stock options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan. Incentive stock options
may only be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become
exercisable, however, except in the case of options granted to officers, directors and consultants, options shall
become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five years from the date the options are granted.
Options are to be granted at an exercise price not less than the fair market value per share on the grant date for
incentive options or 85% of fair market value for nonqualified stock options. For employees holding more than
10% of the voting rights of all classes of stock, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market
value per share on the grant date. Options granted under the Plan generally become exercisable 25% on the first
anniversary of the vesting commencement date and an additional 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to
the option shares shall become exercisable on the last day of each calendar month thereafter until all of the shares
have become exercisable. Unvested options that have been exercised are subject to repurchase upon termination
of the holder’s status as an employee, director or consultant. The term of the options is either five, seven or ten
years.

During the year ended December 31, 2005, under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company’s Board of
Directors approved the grant of 71,500 shares of restricted stock to selected members of the Company’s
management. These restricted stock units generally vest in four equal, annual installments on the anniversaries of
the date of grant. The Company recorded $1,448,000 of deferred stock-based compensation for these restricted
stock grants as a component of stockholders’ equity and is amortizing that amount over the service period of four
years. The value of the restricted stock awards was based on the closing market price of the Company’s common
stock on the date of award. Amortization expense for these awards for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
$326,000.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

63

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Option Activity.

Activity under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is summarized as follows:

Options Outstanding

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in $ millions)*

Balances, December 31, 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional shares reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balances, December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional shares reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock units granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares
Available
for Grant

223,550
1,750,000
(699,375)

—
223,217

1,497,392
547,860
(682,625)
(71,500)

Number of
Shares

3,791,913
—
699,375
(319,643)
(223,217)

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 2.83

$13.34
$ 2.20
$ 9.96

3,948,428

$ 4.39

—

682,625

$18.03

—

— (1,197,949)
(188,495)

188,495

$ 4.65
$ 8.74

Balances, December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional shares reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options cancelled or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock units forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,479,622
610,674
(603,943)

—
189,081
7,312

3,244,609

$ 6.91

—

603,943
(673,940)
(189,081)

$24.37
$ 5.22
$17.46
— $16.87

Balances, December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,682,746

2,985,531

$10.16

Exercisable as of December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . .

1,864,435

$ 4.30

5.69

4.52

$50.3

$42.3

*

Based on the closing stock price of $27.00 for the Company’s common stock on December 29, 2006, the last day of trading for the
2006 fiscal year.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate
difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year 2006 and the
exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option
holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006. This amount changes based on the
fair market value of the Company’s common stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised in the twelve
months ended December 31, 2006 was $13.5 million. Total fair value of vested and expensed stock options,
restricted stock units and ESPP shares for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was $3.0 million, net of
tax. The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of options, restricted stock units and ESPP shares.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

64

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

The options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006 were in the following exercise price ranges:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

$ 0.10–$ 0.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 0.50–$ 3.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 4.25–$ 4.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 5.50–$13.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$13.80–$16.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$17.99–$20.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$20.59–$21.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$23.75–$23.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$25.73–$26.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$27.36–$27.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number
Outstanding

890,000
212,565
338,400
323,726
311,822
311,280
52,000
348,738
147,000
50,000

$ 0.10–$27.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,985,531

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)

2.70
4.02
6.09
7.06
7.41
8.45
9.36
6.44
8.75
8.30

5.69

Number
Outstanding

890,000
212,565
302,257
179,647
160,074
107,643
—
—
12,249
—

1,864,435

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 0.10
1.48
4.25
9.52
14.00
19.14
—
—
25.78
—

$ 4.30

As of December 31, 2005, there were 1,977,301 outstanding options that were exercisable at a weighted average
exercise price of $2.18.

Impact of Adoption of SFAS 123(R).

The Company elected to adopt the modified prospective application method as provided by SFAS No. 123(R).
Accordingly, in 2006, the Company recorded stock-based compensation cost totaling the amount that would have
been recognized had the fair value method been applied since the effective date of SFAS No. 123, valued under
SFAS No. 123 for the pre-January 1, 2006 grants and under SFAS No. 123(R) for the 2006 grants.

In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”)
No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment
Awards” (“FSP 123R-3”). The Company has elected not to adopt the alternative transition method provided in
the FSP 123R-3 for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R). The
Company followed paragraph 81 of SFAS No. 123(R) to calculate the initial pool of excess tax benefits and to
determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the tax effects
of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

65

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

The effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) in the year ended December 31, 2006 was as follows:

(in thousands, except per share data)

Stock-based compensation expense by award type:
Employee stock options granted at their intrinsic value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employee stock options granted below their deemed intrinsic fair value prior to the

Company’s initial public offering (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employee stock purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax effect on stock-based compensation at the Company’s marginal tax rate . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended
December 31,
2006

$(3,316)

(569)
(331)
(326)

(4,542)
1,568

Effect on net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(2,974)

Effect on net income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (0.24)

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (0.21)

Change in deferred stock-based compensation

Due to reversal of unamortized deferred stock-based compensation upon

adoption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(1,237)

Due to reversal of unamortized deferred stock-based compensation for

terminations of employee stock options granted below their deemed intrinsic fair
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
value prior to the Company’s initial public offering (1)

Effect on cash flows:
Cash flows from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(34)

$(1,271)

$(1,032)

Cash flows from financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,032

(1) This amount would also have been recorded under the provisions of APB 25, prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R).

As of January 1, 2006, the Company had an unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation balance related to
stock options of $7.1 million before estimated forfeitures. In the Company’s pro forma disclosures prior to the
adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for forfeitures when they actually occurred. SFAS 123(R)
requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised if necessary in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates. Under SFAS 123(R), the Company estimated that $160,000 of the
unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation amount as of January 1, 2006 will not be recognized due to
forfeitures.

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted stock options for 603,943 shares of
common stock with an estimated weighted-average fair values of $ 14.16 and a total grant-date fair value of $8.5
million. Of the grant-date fair value of options granted in the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, the
Company estimates that the amount of unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation that is not expected to vest
due to forfeiture is $278,000. As of December 31, 2006, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected
forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options was $8.5 million, which will be recognized using the straight-line
attribution method over an estimated weighted-average amortization period of 1.3 years.

66

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

As of January 1, 2006, the Company had an unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation balance related to
restricted stock unit awards of $1.2 million before estimated forfeitures. Under SFAS 123(R), the Company
estimated that $343,000 of the unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation amount as of January 1, 2006 will
not be recognized due to forfeitures. As of December 31, 2006, the unrecognized compensation cost related to
restricted stock unit awards was $673,000, after estimated forfeitures, which will be recognized over an estimated
weighted average amortization period of 2.4 years.

As of December 31, 2006, the unrecognized compensation cost related to ESPP shares was $102,000, which will
be recognized using the straight-line attribution method over 0.3 years. The weighted-average estimated fair
values of each stock issuance under the ESPP for the years ended December 31, 2006 was $8.97 per share.

Valuation Assumptions.

The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options and stock issued under the ESPP using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123(R), SAB 107 and the
Company’s prior period pro forma disclosures of net income, including stock-based compensation (determined
under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS 123). The fair value of each option grant and each stock
issuance under the ESPP was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following
weighted-average assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate for stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate for ESPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected life for stock options (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected life for ESPP option (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected stock price volatility for stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected stock price volatility for ESPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended
December 31,
2006

4.90%
4.38%
5.05
0.75

64%
58%
—

Option-pricing models require the input of various subjective assumptions, including the following:

Expected Volatility: The expected stock price volatility is based on a combination of the Company’s historical
volatility combined with the weighted average of the volatility of other similar companies in the same industry.
With effect from April 2006, the expected stock price volatility was based on a combination of the Company’s
historical volatility combined with the implied volatility of the Company’s quoted stock options. The Company
believes these methods of computing volatility are more reflective and a better indicator of the expected future
volatility, than using an average of a comparable market index or of a comparable company in the same industry.

Expected Term: The expected term of ten year contractual term options granted in 2006, was based on the
Company’s historical exercise behavior for these options. For five and seven year contractual term options, that
the Company started granting from April 2006, the expected term was derived from the short-cut method
described in SEC’s SAB 107.

Risk-Free Interest Rate: The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury
yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Expected Dividend: The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the near future.

67

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

Estimated Pre-vesting Forfeitures: When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers voluntary termination
behavior based on actual historical information.

Non-employees Option Grants.

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That
Are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services.” Equity
instruments issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date. The compensation
expense for non-employee option grants is recognized over the expected service period on a straight-line basis
and was $0, $262,000 and $0, for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively

The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31,
2006.

Periods Prior to the Adoption of SFAS 123(R).

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for stock-based compensation under the recognition and
measurement provisions of APB 25. Accordingly, the Company generally recognized compensation expense
only when it granted options with a discounted exercise price. Any resulting compensation expense was
recognized ratably over the associated service period, which was generally the option vesting term of four years.
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R), using the modified prospective application
transition method, which requires the presentation of pro-forma information for periods prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R) regarding the net income and net income per share as if the Company had accounted for its stock
options under the fair value method of SFAS 123. For the purpose of this pro-forma disclosure, the estimated
value of the stock awards is recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting periods of the awards. If
compensation had been determined based upon the fair value at the grant date for employee compensation
arrangements, consistent with the methodology prescribed in SFAS 123, the Company’s pro-forma net income
and pro-forma net income per share under SFAS 123 would have been as shown in the table below (in thousands,
except per share data):

Net income, as reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net

Year Ended
December 31,

2005

2004

$13,801

$ 3,760

income, net of related tax effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

857

1,184

Less: Total stock-based employee compensation determined under fair-valued

based method for all awards, net of related tax effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,126)

(1,823)

Pro forma net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$12,532

$ 3,121

Net income per share:

Basic: as reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic: pro forma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted: as reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted: pro forma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

1.20

1.09

1.00

0.91

$ 0.38

$ 0.32

$ 0.31

$ 0.26

68

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

In computing these pro forma amounts, the Company has used the minimum value method for options granted
prior to January 15, 2004 (the date of the first filing of the Company’s Form S-1 in connection with its initial
public offering) and the fair value method for options granted after that date. The fair value of each option grant
and each stock issuance under the ESPP was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with
the following weighted-average assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate for stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate for ESPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected life for stock options (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected life for ESPP option (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected stock price volatility for stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected stock price volatility for ESPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2005

3.88%
3.48%
3.81
0.75

67%
51%
—

2004

3.12%
1.14%
3.63
0.57

69%
55%
—

NOTE 6—INCOME TAXES:

The U.S. and international components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Current:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,024
176
382

$4,393
433
231

$2,123
309
69

December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Deferred:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,582

5,057

2,501

(2,457)
(309)
—

(2,766)

(103)
(81)
32

(152)

(410)
(34)
(32)

(476)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(1,184)

$4,905

$2,025

The Company’s deferred tax asset consists of the following (in thousands):

Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accruals and reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2006

2005

$1,216
1,204
1,912
1,460

$ 606
808
1,529
84

Deferred tax asset
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,792
(60)

3,027
(60)

Net deferred tax asset

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5,732

$2,967

69

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax are as follows:

Tax at federal statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State, net of federal benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meals and entertainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefit for research and development credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax-exempt interest
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

35.00% 35.00% 34.00%
4.48
4.98
0.45
11.80
(7.89)
(109.81)
(3.17)
19.89
(3.26)
(112.08)
0.61
24.07

4.07
0.89
(3.71)
1.67
(3.37)
1.45

Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(126.15)% 26.22% 35.00%

Management evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance on a
periodic basis.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries of approximately $1.1 million at December 31,
2006, are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for federal and state income
taxes has been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the
Company would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and
withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had cumulative net operating loss carry-forwards for federal and state
income tax reporting purposes of approximately $5.0 million and $11.2 million, respectively. The federal net
operating loss carry-forwards expire through the year 2026 and the state net operating loss carry-forwards expire
at various dates through the year 2026. Such net operating losses consist of excess tax benefits from employee
stock option exercises and have not been recorded in the Company’s deferred tax assets in accordance with FAS
123(R). The Company will record $2.4 million as a credit to additional paid in capital as and when such excess
tax benefits are ultimately realized.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had cumulative carry-forwards for research and development credits for
federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $770,000 and $1.2 million, respectively. These federal
research and development tax credits expire through the year 2024. The state research and development credits
can be carried forward indefinitely, except for $284,000, which will expire at various dates through the year
2020. Furthermore, the Company has federal alternative minimum tax credits of approximately $116,000 that can
be carried forward indefinitely. Certain tax credit carryovers are attributable to excess tax benefits from
employee stock option exercises and have not been recorded in the Company’s deferred tax assets in accordance
with FAS 123(R). The Company will record $450,000 as a credit to additional paid in capital as and when such
excess tax benefits are ultimately realized.

NOTE 7—NET INCOME PER SHARE:

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is
calculated by using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period increased to
include the number of additional shares of common stock that would have been outstanding if the dilutive
potential shares of common stock had been issued. The dilutive effect of outstanding options, ESPP shares and
restricted stock units is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method, which

70

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

includes consideration of stock-based compensation required by SFAS No. 123(R) and SFAS No. 128,
“Earnings Per Share.”

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per
share amounts):

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Numerator:
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
Less: Amount allocated to participating preferred stockholders:

$ 2,123
—

$13,801
—

$ 3,760
(476)

Net income available to common stockholders—Basic . . . . . . .

$ 2,123

$13,801

$ 3,284

Net income available to common stockholders—Diluted . . . . .

$ 2,123

$13,801

$ 3,760

Denominator:

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used
in computing basic net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dilutive potential common shares used in computing diluted

12,558

11,535

8,573

net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,720

2,329

3,649

Total weighted-average number of shares used in computing

diluted net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14,278

13,864

12,222

Anti-dilutive Securities

The following number of outstanding options and ESPP shares, prior to the application to the treasury stock
method, were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per common share for the periods presented
because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):

Common stock options and ESPP shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2006

621

2005

7

2004

566

NOTE 8—DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN:

In the United States, the Company has an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement
under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may make voluntary contributions to the
Plan up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to statutory annual limitations. Since April 1999, the
Company has made discretionary matching contributions of 50% to 75% of all employees’ contributions in each
Plan year. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the Company made discretionary
contributions of $557,000, $420,000 and $227,000, respectively, under the Plan.

For some of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, the Company has a defined contribution plan for their
employees. Consistent with the requirements of local laws, the Company deposits funds for these plans with
insurance companies, third-party trustees, or into government-managed accounts and have been fully funded or
accrued as of December 31, 2006. The Company’s contributions for its foreign employees were not material in
each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

71

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CUTERA, INC.

NOTE 9—SEGMENT, GEOGRAPHIC AND MAJOR CUSTOMER INFORMATION:

The Company operates in one business segment, which encompasses the designing, developing, manufacturing,
marketing and servicing of aesthetic laser systems for dermatologists, plastic surgeons, gynecologists, primary
care physicians and other practitioners worldwide. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does
not segregate its business for internal reporting.

The Company’s long-lived assets maintained outside the United States are insignificant.

Revenue is attributed to geographical regions based on the shipping location of where product is delivered.

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company had one customer that represented 15%,
16% and 12%, respectively, of net revenue.

The following table summarizes revenue by geographic region and product category (in thousands):

2006

2005

2004

Revenue mix by geography:

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asia, excluding Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rest of the world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 69,895
8,384
7,397
7,239
7,777

$54,506
8,378
4,842
4,351
3,543

$34,826
4,958
7,460
2,199
3,198

Consolidated total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,692

$75,620

$52,641

Revenue mix by product category:

Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titan handpiece refills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 84,695
6,006
5,890
4,101

$63,349
6,630
3,881
1,760

$43,540
6,615
2,414
72

Consolidated total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,692

$75,620

$52,641

NOTE 10—LITIGATION SETTLEMENT:

On June 2, 2006, patent litigation between the Company and Palomar Medical Technologies and Massachusetts
General Hospital was settled—with Palomar granting the Company an irrevocable sublicense to the subject patents.
Under the terms of the settlement agreements, the Company agreed to pay Palomar $20,153,000 representing the
royalties due on sales of the infringing systems, plus accrued interest and reimbursement of Palomar’s legal costs
through March 31, 2006. Of the $20,153,000 settlement amount, $18,935,000 relating to past royalties, interest and
legal settlement costs, was recorded as a litigation settlement expense, and $1,218,000, representing the value of the
on-going sublicense agreement, was capitalized as an intangible asset. The intangible asset is being amortized on a
straight line basis over the useful economic life of the patents, which expire in February 2015.

Under the terms of the sublicense granted by Palomar, the royalty rate for sales of hair-removal-only systems is
equal to 7.5% of net revenue. For multi-application systems containing hair-removal functionality, the royalty
rate is either 3.75% or 5.25%, depending on whether there is one or two hair-removal technologies included in
the system, respectively. The Company’s revenue from systems that do not include hair-removal capabilities and
revenue from service contracts is not subject to royalties. The royalty cost incurred from April 1, 2006 has been
recorded as a component of cost of revenue. These royalty obligations will continue for applicable sales made
through February 2015—which is the expiration date for the subject patents.

72

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Quarter ended:

Dec 31,
2006

Sept 30,
2006

June 30,
2006

March 31,
2006

Dec 31,
2005

Sept 30,
2005

June 30,
2005

March 31,
2005

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of revenue . . . . . . .

$ 30,481
8,349

$25,059
7,931

$ 24,395
7,768

$20,757
5,811

$23,953
6,149

$18,950
4,746

$17,570
4,883

$15,147
4,014

Gross profit

. . . . . . . . . .

22,132

17,128

16,627

14,946

17,804

14,204

12,687

11,133

Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing . . . .
Research and

7,865

8,174

8,305

8,546

7,167

6,222

5,832

5,800

development . . . . . . . .

1,935

1,679

1,552

1,307

1,421

1,334

1,412

1,185

General and

administrative . . . . . . .
. . .

Litigation settlement

3,578

2,992
544

4,248
18,391

Total operating

4,375

2,263

1,924

2,283

2,312

expense . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,378

13,389

32,496

14,228

10,851

9,480

9,527

9,297

Income (loss) from

operations . . . . . . . . . .

8,754

3,739

(15,869)

Interest and other

income, net . . . . . . . . .

981

829

830

Income (loss) before

718

956

6,953

4,724

3,160

1,836

683

549

516

286

income taxes . . . . . . .

9,735

4,568

(15,039)

1,674

7,636

5,273

3,676

2,122

Provision (benefit) for

income taxes . . . . . . .

2,620

1,618

(5,990)

567

1,825

1,472

972

636

Net income (loss) . . . . . .

$

7,115

$ 2,950

$ (9,049) $ 1,107

$ 5,811

$ 3,801

$ 2,704

$ 1,486

Net income (loss)
attributable to
common stockholders
used in basic earnings
. . . . . . . . . .
per share:

Net income (loss) per

$

7,115

$ 2,950

$ (9,049) $ 1,107

$ 5,811

$ 3,801

$ 2,704

$ 1,486

share—basic . . . . . . . .

$

0.56

$

0.23

$

(0.73) $

0.09

$

0.48

$

0.33

$

0.24

$

0.13

Net income (loss) per

share—diluted . . . . . .

$

0.50

$

0.21

$

(0.73) $

0.08

$

0.41

$

0.27

$

0.20

$

0.11

Weight-average number
of shares used in per
share calculations:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,749

12,675

12,444

12,257

12,026

11,661

11,345

11,093

Diluted . . . . . . . . . .

14,346

14,238

12,444

14,174

14,291

13,924

13,585

13,532

Cash, cash equivalents
and marketable
investments . . . . . . . .

$108,085

$90,672

$ 81,965

$95,511

$91,996

$82,216

$74,719

$69,109

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

73

SCHEDULE II

CUTERA, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Balance at
Beginning
of Year

Additions Deductions

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

Year ended December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories

Year ended December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$307
$487
$177

$178
$378
$992

$293
8
$
$221

$300
$905
$ 90

$113
$318
$364

$100
$291
$231

Balance
at End of
Year

$487
$177
$ 34

$378
$992
$851

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

74

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report are certifications of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). This Controls and Procedures section includes the
information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications, and it should be read in
conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

The Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in the Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) (Disclosure Controls)
as of the end of the period covered by this Report required by Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b). The
controls evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s
management, including the CEO and CFO. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and our CFO have concluded that
as of the end of the period covered by this report the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were
effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Definition of Disclosure Controls

Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be
disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Report, is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are
also designed to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s
management,
including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure. The Company’s Disclosure Controls include components of its internal control over financial
reporting, which consists of control processes designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of its financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles in the U.S. To the extent that components of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting are included within its Disclosure Controls, they are included in the scope of the Company’s annual
controls evaluation.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision
and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, the Company conducted
an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in
the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded
that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. The
assessment by the Company’s management of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page 46 of this Report.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure
controls or internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no

75

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control
system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the
inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations
include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of
simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion
of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based
in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design
will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or
procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or
fraud may occur and not be detected.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most
recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

76

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because we will file a
Definitive Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

77

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(1) The financial statements required by Item 15(a) are filed as Item 8 of this annual report.

(2) The financial statement schedules required by Item 15(a) are filed as Item 8 of this annual report.

(3) Exhibits.

Exhibit No.

Description

3.2(1)

3.4(1)

4.1(4)

10.1(1)

10.2(1)

10.3(1)

10.4

10.6(1)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Delaware).

Bylaws of the Registrant.

Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant.

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.

1998 Stock Plan.

2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 5, 2003 by and between the Registrant and
Gal-Brisbane, L.P. for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California.

10.10(2)

Settlement Agreement and Non-Exclusive Patent License, each between the Registrant and
Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. dated June 2, 2006.

10.11(3)

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement.

10.13(4)†

Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and PSS World Medical Shared Services,
Inc., a subsidiary of PSS World Medical dated October 1, 2006.

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Power of Attorney (see page 79).

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(1)

Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-111928) which was declared
effective on March 30, 2004.

(2)

Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2006.

(3)

Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2005.

(4)

Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2006.

†

Confidential Treatment has been requested for certain portions of this exhibit.

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

78

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
y
x
o
r
P

A
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

B
x
i
d
n
e
p
p
A

r
e
t
r
a
h
C
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

t
i
d
u
A

n
a
l
P
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n
I

y
t
i
u
q
E
4
0
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of
Brisbane, State of California, on the 16th day of March 2007.

CUTERA, INC.

By:

/S/ KEVIN P. CONNORS

Kevin P. Connors
President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL MEN AND WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below
constitutes and appoints Kevin P. Connors, his attorney-in-fact, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign
any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/ KEVIN P. CONNORS

President, Chief Executive Officer and

March 16, 2007

Kevin P. Connors

Director (Principal Executive
Officer)

/S/ RONALD J. SANTILLI

Chief Financial Officer and Vice

March 16, 2007

Ronald J. Santilli

President of Finance and
Administration (Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)

/S/ DAVID A. GOLLNICK

David A. Gollnick

Vice President of Research and
Development and Director

March 16, 2007

/S/ DAVID B. APFELBERG

Director

March 16, 2007

David B. Apfelberg

/S/ ANNETTE J. CAMPBELL-WHITE

Director

March 16, 2007

P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t

C
o
m
m

i
t
t
e
e
C
h
a
r
t
e
r

2
0
0
4
E
q
u

i
t
y

I
n
c
e
n
t
i
v
e
P
l
a
n

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
A

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
B

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

Annette J. Campbell-White

/S/ MARK LORTZ

Mark Lortz

/S/ TIM O’SHEA
Tim O’Shea

/S/

JERRY P. WIDMAN
Jerry P. Widman

Director

Director

Director

79

March 16, 2007

March 16, 2007

March 16, 2007

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Corporate Information (as of December 31, 2006)

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ANNUAL MEETING

STOCK LISTING AND MARKET DATA

Kevin P. Connors, President and Chief   

Annual meeting of stockholders will be

Our common stock is traded on The

Executive Officer, Cutera, Inc.

held on June 19, 2007, 10:00 a.m. (PST)

NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol

David A. Gollnick, Vice President of 

at: 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane,

“CUTR.” We have not declared or paid

Research and Development, Cutera, Inc.

California 94005.

David B. Apfelberg, MD2, 4, Assistant

Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery, 

TRANSFER AGENT

any cash dividends on our capital stock

since our inception. We currently expect

to retain future earnings, if any, for use in

Stanford University Medical Center

Computershare Trust Company, Inc.

the operation and expansion of our busi-

Annette J. Campbell-White5, Managing 

350 Indiana St., Suite 800

ness and do not anticipate paying any cash

General Partner, MedVenture 

Golden, Colorado 80401

dividends in the foreseeable future. As of

Associates.

303-262-0600

Mark Lortz1, 2, Former Chief Executive 

April 20, 2007, there were approximately

10,626 holders of record of our common

Officer, TheraSense, Inc.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC

stock. The following table sets forth quar-

Timothy J. O’Shea1, Vice President of 

ACCOUNTING FIRM

terly high and low closing sales prices per

Business Development, Boston

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

share of our common stock as reported

Scientific Corporation

San Jose, California

on The NASDAQ Global Market for the

Jerry P. Widman1, 2, 3, Former Chief 

periods indicated.

Financial Officer, Ascension Health

CORPORATE LEGAL COUNSEL

1—Audit Committee member
2—Compensation Committee member
3—Chairman of Audit Committee
4—Chairman of Compensation Committee
5—Replaced Mark W. Lortz on Compensation

Committee on 4/13/2007

MANAGEMENT TEAM

Kevin P. Connors, President, Chief 

Executive Officer and Director

Ronald J. Santilli, Chief Financial Officer 

David A. Gollnick, Vice President of 

Research and Development and Director

John J. Connors, Vice President of 

North American Sales

Robert Shine, Vice President of International

Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

2006                         2005

Palo Alto, California

HIGH

LOW

HIGH

LOW

4th Qtr. $29.93 $25.32 $43.50 $22.08

3rd Qtr.

26.59

2nd Qtr. 27.94

1st Qtr.

31.24

18.86

16.49

24.99

25.94

19.56

19.71

16.06

14.37

12.47

CORPORATE/STOCKHOLDER

INFORMATION

Our Form 10-K was filed with the Securities

and Exchange Commission on March 16,

2007. For additional copies of this report,

Form 10-K, or other financial information,

without charge, please visit the Investor

Relations page on our website at:

www.cutera.com or write to ir@cutera.com.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return Among Cutera, Inc.,
Nasdaq Market Index (U.S.) and Nasdaq Medical Equipment

(Dollars)
200

150

100

50

3/31/04

6/30/04

9/30/04

12/31/04

3/31/05

6/30/05

9/30/05

12/31/05

3/31/06

6/30/06

9/30/06

12/31/06

Assumes $100 Invested on March 31, 2004; Dividend Reinvested Through the Year Ended December 31, 2006

Cutera, Inc.

NASDAQ Medical Equipment

NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)

Coolglide

Xeo

Solera

XEO
(Available In Multiple Configurations)

Titan
Deep Dermal Heating

SOLERA OPUS

SOLERA TITAN

Titan
Deep Dermal Heating

LimeLight
Facial Telangiectasia, 
Diffuse Redness, Lentigines

LimeLight
Facial Telangiectasia, 
Diffuse Redness, Lentigines

ProWave 770
Permanent Hair Reduction, I-V

ProWave 770
Permanent Hair Reduction, I-V

AcuTip 500
Facial Telangiectasia, 
Lentigines, Cherry Angiomas

AcuTip 500
Facial Telangiectasia, 
Lentigines, Cherry Angiomas

Laser Genesis
Wrinkles, 
Diffuse Redness, Texture

COOLGLIDE
VANTAGE

Laser
Genesis

COOLGLIDE
EXCEL

COOLGLIDE
CV

1064
Vascular

1064
Vascular

1064 Vascular
Facial and Leg Veins

1064 Hair
Removal

1064 Hair
Removal

1064 Hair
Removal

1064 Hair Removal
Skin Types I-VI

COOLGLIDE PLATFORM

XEO MULTI-TECHNOLOGY 
PLATFORM

SOLERA PLATFORM

Cutera, Inc.

World Headquarters

3240 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, CA 94005  USA

Tel: +1 415 657 5500

Fax:  +1 415 330 2444

www.cutera.com

Cutera (Europe)

Industriestrasse 19

8304 Wallisellen ZH

Switzerland

Tel: +41 (0) 43 233 73 73

Fax:  +41 (0) 43 233 73 50

Cutera (Asia Pacific)

Giraffa Building 11th floor

1-6-10 Hiroo

Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 150-0012

Tel: +81 (0) 3 3473 9180

Fax:  +81 (0) 3 3473 9181